kitchens.

C. Size / Area: Area includes seating, circulation, and features. Coordinate with
Facilities Program.

1. Fine Dining: 2.6 to 2.8 m² (28 to 30 sq. ft.) per seat, gross area.

2. Specialty Upgrade: 2.2 to 2.4 m² (24 to 26 sq. ft.) per seat, gross area.

3. Specialty: 2.0 to 2.2 m² (22 to 24 sq. ft.) per seat, gross area. Seating area to
be 1.1 to 1.3 m² (12 to 14 sq. ft.) to emphasize a high energy experience.

4. General; Size can range from 2.0 to 2.8 m² (22 to 30 sq. ft.) per seat, gross
dining area.

5. Ceiling Height: 3 m (10'-0") minimum.

D. Bar / Waiting Area: Some specialty restaurant concepts may benefit by

including a small bar / waiting area separate from the main hotel Lounge.

E. Spaces: Accommodate the following spaces in the design:

• Entrance
• Host Station
• Bar / Waiting Area
• Coat Area (climate option)
• Seating Area
• Private Dining (if not in 3-meal per day restaurant)
• Exhibition Cooking (if part of concept)
• Service Station / Wait Side Stations
• Storage Space
• Cashier Station (only where required)
• Wine Display (when concept requires)

F. Leased Criteria: A fully functional space integrated with but separate from the
hotel.
• Direct secure access to Receiving Area
• Employee facilities separate from hotel employees
• Full kitchen separate from hotel kitchen, including storage and refrigeration
• Separate metering of utilities (HVAC, gas, electrical and water)
• Direct exterior access
• Dedicated restrooms & changing area
• Restaurant P.O.S. capable of reporting to hotel PMS.

200 Food & Beverage (F&B), Front-of-House Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 3.9 Entertainment Lounge

A. Program: Entertainment Lounges are only included in the project program under
limited conditions when reviewed and approved by MI. Entertainment Lounge
facilities may be “open to the public” and offer social activities (singing, dancing,
meeting, etc.) in addition to F&B menus.

B. Management Approval: Facilities and services of any such Entertainment Lounge

not approved or directly managed by MI shall be separate and independent of
the property and therefore shall not be located within, proximate to, or associated
with the property. There shall be no contractual relationship between the property
or property manager and the unapproved Entertainment Lounge, including for
example, any ownership interest or profit sharing. The property will not provide,
promote, support, assist, reimburse, barter, or share any hotel operational
services or facilities or any others of a similar nature to Entertainment Lounges. If
such property support facilities or services are requested by an Entertainment
Lounge, the property facilities or services will be offered at non-preferential,
market rates at MI’s sole discretion. For Entertainment Lounges approved by MI,
base the facility on the following program criteria and factors.

C. Size / Area: Allow 2.6 m² (28 sq. ft.) per seat gross area. Coordinate with
Facilities Program and review implementation with MI.

D. Location for Entertainment Lounge: Base the facility location on the following
factors:

1. Acoustically isolate from guestroom, function space, and other public spaces
where entertainment activity and noise would adversely disturb occupants.
• Provide an envelope of a minimu STC 60 IIC of 60. Isolate or separate
space from occupied rooms below using box-in-box construction or equal.
• Provide design by acoustic consultant for review by MI.
• Limit noise intrusion levels to 40dBA.
• Utilize sound absorption products to prevent the transmission of noise /
vibration through walls, ceilings and floors.

2. Exterior:
• Exterior entrance: Based on analysis of users such as guests and public.
• Locate adjacent to outside space if possible. See Terrace Dining and
Poolside Bar.

3. Indirect access to Lobby area without visually or acoustically disrupting the

Lobby. Where appropriate, provide a dedicated elevator near hotel entrance
and include signage.

4. Adjacency to Kitchen is beneficial, but not critical; food and beverage

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Food & Beverage (F&B), Front-of-House 201
 services are limited and usually self contained.

5. Include theatrical lighting and audio/visual systems for live entertainment at

stage area. <13B> <15C>

E. Space Planning / Interior Design: Develop a concept and coordinate design

implementation with MI.

F. Spaces: Verify lounge space program requirements with MI. Typically design to
accommodate the following:
• Reception
• Socializing area and seating
• Dance area with wood floor; minimum 3.6 x 3.6 m (12 x 12 ft.)
• Bar of freestanding design; beverage service and limited food menu
• Entertainment stage; production facilities
• Audio / Video facilities
• Dedicated DJ booth

1. Support Spaces:
• VIP Room / Area: Provide based on market demands.
• Kitchen / Pantry: When a Lounge and Bar are not directly served from the
hotel Kitchen, provide a satellite Kitchen or Pantry. See criteria in Lobby
Pantry.
• Storage Room: Provide a room for storing seasonal and event items.
• Toilet Rooms: Provide in proximity to the Lounge. See <2A> for criteria.

3.10 Retail Coffee Service

A. Program: Provide a location to purchase coffee and light food items as required
by the project Facilities Program. Recommended service method is integration
with the MH Greatroom Feature Bar. See <2A>.

1. Location: In a public area along main circulation path.

2. Resource: See F&B Retail Coffee Pantry Design Guide for design criteria.

202 Food & Beverage (F&B), Front-of-House Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 3.11 Coordination

A. Reference: Coordinate with the requirements of other Chapters.

• Lobby Areas
• Food & Beverage, Back of House
• Technology Infrastructure
• Audio / Visual
• Fire Protection & Life Safety
• Mechanical
• Plumbing
• Electrical
• Loss Prevention

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Food & Beverage (F&B), Front-of-House 203
 EUROPE

Marriott Hotels
recreation & amenities

globaldesignstrategies

designstandards
December 2020 | franchised
 Table of Contents

4A.1 Overview 206

4A.2 Circulation, Corridors & Service Areas 209
4A.3 Project Market Requirements 210
4A.4 Locker / Dressing, Drying / Grooming, Shower & Toilet Areas 211
4A.5 Sauna 214
4A.6 Steam Room 215
4A.7 Steam Generator Room 217
4A.8 Food and Beverage (F&B) 218
4A.9 Treatment Rooms 219
4A.10 Relaxation Area 221
4A.11 Storage - Attendant 222
4A.12 Kids Club & Teen Facilities 222
4A.13 Additional Facilities 226
4A.14 Tennis Courts 227
4A.15 Beach 229
4A.16 Golf 230
4A.17 Coordination 230

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Recreation & Amenities 205
 4A.1 Overview

A. Program: Provide a range of guest amenities and recreational activities to offer

guests a variety of fitness and relaxation experiences. Provide facilities with state
of the art equipment.

B. Design Criteria: Typically, recreation facilities and amenities are dictated by

the project Facilities Program and require special consultants for Recreation,
Fitness and Spa.

1. Influences: The following factors influence the recreation program

development and amenity offerings:
• Property size and facilities
• Availability of building area
• Climate
• Availability of competitive facilities
• Relationship to swimming pool and outdoor activities
• Opportunity to attract local community memberships
• Compliance with Marriott’s Spa Design Standards
• Relationship to full service Marriott Spa facility
• Relationship to Residences

C. Brand Essentials:

1. Fitness Center (see <4B>)

a. Arrival Area for Fitness Center

b. Exercise Areas

c. Manager's Office / Storage

2. Swimming Pool (indoor or outdoor), see <4C>

a. Whirl Pool: As determined by property market.

D. Ancillary Facilities: Additional recreation facilities may consist of the following

when determined by the market and required by the project Facilities Program:

1. Locker / Dressing, Grooming, Shower & Toilet Areas

2. Sauna and Steam Rooms

3. Food & Beverage Service

4. Spa Amenities

5. Indoor & Outdoor Recreational Facilities

206 Recreation & Amenities Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 6. Full Service Spa (see <4D>)

E. Spa Requirements: If the Fitness Center is related to a hotel spa or is being

designed to include a full range of spa activities, design the facilities in
compliance with the Spa Design Standards and Spa Operations Manual. See
<4D>.
When a full service spa is not programmed, provide Treatment Rooms within the
Fitness Center configured for both genders.

F. Locker & Shower Facilities: The requirement to provide (or minimize) Locker &
Shower facilities is based on a variety of issues.

1. Governing Law: The facilities may be required by governing law for the
Swimming Pool or Fitness Center.

2. Disrobing: The facilities are required when the activity requires disrobing
(sauna, steam, massage, dip pools, etc.)

3. Memberships: Lockers and showers typically are required when the

hotel is intended to support local membership use.

4. Early Check-in: Hotels may benefit by having lockers and showers

available for guests (early check-in or delayed departure) that do not have
immediate access to a guestroom.

5. Hotel Size: Larger properties with more diverse guest needs and longer
distances between the guestroom and Fitness Center may require a locker
and shower area.

6. Hotel Amenities: Lockers and showers are most beneficial when they
serve multiple adjacent recreational functions (Pool, Fitness Center,
Relaxation).

G. Location: Use the following criteria to generally position the recreation facilities.

1. Convenient and directly accessible by passenger elevator from guestroom

areas.

2. In close proximity to or contiguous with recreation facilities such as swimming

pools and other indoor and outdoor recreational areas.

3. Do not allow access to recreation facilities from or through formal public

spaces, such as Lobbies, Pre-function or Function assembly spaces and
Food & Beverage areas.

4. Avoid placing exercise areas adjacent to guestrooms, function areas or other

areas that would be disrupted by exercise activity.

5. As an independent / destination facility.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Recreation & Amenities 207
 6. A direct exterior entrance if outside memberships are planned with a
staffed access control desk.

7. A principal consideration of site planning is the location of recreation facilities.

Coordinate exterior recreation facilities with site planning criteria, see <1>.

H. Size / Area: At a minimum, size facilities to comply with the project Facilities
Program. The exact size and type of facilities and services are based on the
following:

1. Market analysis

2. Membership opportunities

3. Climate

4. Property location

I. Accessibility for Guests with Disabilities: Locate recreation facilities and guest
amenities along accessible routes and design facilities for access by guests with
disabilities.

J. Steps, Stairs, Ramps & Slip Resistance: See <16>.

K. Windows & Safety Glass: For window, glass / glazing criteria and for safety
glass requirements, see <GR3> and <16>.

L. Management Control: Facilities and services of Recreation Facilities not

approved or directly managed by MI shall be separate and independent of the
hotel and therefore shall not be located within, proximate to, or associated with
the hotel.

M. Acoustics: Acoustically separate quite areas from exercise and public circulation
areas (high activity). Design and construct separation enclosures with STC 55
rating minimum.

N. Sanitation: Plan facilities, detail materials and select finishes with a high priority
for durability, ease of maintenance and sanitation.

208 Recreation & Amenities Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 4A.2 Circulation, Corridors & Service Areas

A. Program: Provide inviting, clear, efficient circulation paths between recreation

functions and areas to create the mood or concept as intended.

1. Corridor Width: 1.5 m (5 ft.) minimum.

2. Circulation: Avoid institutional looking, monotonous corridor

configurations and unnecessary walls and doors.

3. Ceiling Height: 2.75 m (9 ft.) minimum; higher preferrred.

B. Design: Consistent with the design concept, incorporate elements of visual and
acoustical interest such as architectural elements, artwork and artifacts,
interesting finishes, lighting features and natural light.

1. Ceiling: Provide visual interest by integrating special trim and paint finishes.

2. Lighting: Surface mounted fluorescent lighting is not permitted in public

spaces and front of house areas.

3. Details: Design corridors with alcoves, archways, enlarged intersections and

knuckles to provide visual relief and interest.Utilize architectural millwork
(wood moldings), focal casework or mirrors.

C. Finishes: In circulation areas and corridors, provide the following:

1. Floors: Wood, porcelain tile, nylon tuft cut pile carpet or stone

2. Ceilings: Smooth painted gypsum board

D. Service Areas:

1. Service Closet: Provide a janitor closet, adjacent to the common circulation

path, containing floor sink and shelves for cleaning products and equipment
to maintain the common areas and adjoining corridors.

2. Storage Room: Provide a secure room for storage of equipment,

supplies, and retail product.

a. Clean / Soil Areas: Provide a separate area for storage of clean

towels and for storage of soiled towels.

b. Service Entry: Where possible, provide service entry direct to

storage and laundry storage to avoid traffic through public areas.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Recreation & Amenities 209
 4A.3 Project Market Requirements

A. Program: Market variables for each project dictate requirements and

opportunities for related recreation facilities. Provide ancillary recreation facilities
as follows:

1. Facilities Program: At a minimum, provide recreation facilities required by the

project Facilities Program.

2. Competition: Provide facilities that permit the property to effectively

compete in the market.

3. Resort: When a resort property does not provide a full service spa, provide
the appropriate selection of spa amenities integrated with the Fitness Center
area.

4. Market Opportunities: Consider providing facilities that capitalize on

market opportunities (membership, local customers, etc.).

5. Influences: The following factors influence the recreation program

development and amenity offerings:
• Property size and facilities
• Availability of site area
• Climate
• Availability of competitive facilities
• Relationship to swimming pool and outdoor activities
• Opportunity to attract local community memberships
• Compliance with Marriott’s Spa Design Standards
• Relationship to full service Marriott Spa facility
• Relationship to Residences

210 Recreation & Amenities Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 4A.4 Locker / Dressing, Drying / Grooming, Shower &
Toilet Areas

A. Program: Provide separate and complete men’s and women’s locker, drying /
grooming, shower and toilet facilities. Facility size / area requirement is based on
the criteria noted in this Chapter.

B. Locker / Dressing Areas:

1. Location: Adjacent to grooming areas. Sensitively design locker, lounge, toilet

and shower areas to minimize views.

a. If provided, separate sauna and steam rooms for male and females.

b. Accommodate governing laws, customs and cultural norms regarding

privacy.

2. Features: Provide the following:

a. Lockers: Double tier with wood doors and end panels with latch,
electronic locks and number. Provide 15% of the key count plus lockers
required for membership, if provided.

b. Seating: Individual seating cubes or fixed hardwood top benches.

c. Weight Scale: Provide a minimum of one commercial scale.

d. Towels: Locate towel dispensing and return hamper near entry in an

alcove custom designed to integrate with interiors. Do not use free
standing bins (rattan, plastic, etc.) for soiled towels and trash.

e. Private Changing: Where feasible, minimum of one private changing

room complete with bench, mirror, robe hook and lighting.

f. Casegoods: Locate focal case piece to avoid institutional image.

g. Clock: Large wall clock with second hand

h. Audio: Central sound system, see <13B>

i. Mirrors: Provide a minimum of one, framed, full length mirror mounted on

wal

3. Finishes: Provided in the Locker / Dressing areas.

a. Floor: Porcelain tile; and/or carpet, nylon, looped, antimicrobial

b. Walls: Vinyl wallcovering 15 oz. minimum or paint

c. Ceiling: Smooth painted gypsum board or plaster

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Recreation & Amenities 211
 C. Drying / Grooming:

1. Location: Position as a transition area between shower and locker areas.

2. Features:

a. Countertop: Stone or quartz top, back and side splash. Arrange as

individual basin or as a continuous counter with well defined grooming
stations.

b. Grooming Stations: At each station include a decorative framed mirror,

wall light sconce or back-lit mirror, recessed ceiling light, lavatory bowl,
electric outlet (GFI) and hand held hair dryer.

c. Towels: Provide open shelves, alcove or cabinet for dispensing and

displaying clean towels.

3. Lighting: Provide recessed, indirect and direct lighting to meet lighting levels.
See <15C>.

4. Finishes:

a. Floors: Porcelain tile, stone, with a slip resistance (see <16>) or carpet
(nylon, looped, anti-microbial)

b. Walls: Vinyl wall covering with porcelain, glass or stone tile

c. Ceiling: Smooth painted gypsum board.

D. Shower Areas:

1. Enclosures: Individual, two-chamber (wet and dry) enclosures approximately

1 x 2 m (3'-4" x 6'-6"), minimum.

a. Include divider door at shower and privacy door at entry.

b. At drying chamber, provide bench seat and robe hook.

c. Provide a purpose built millwork unit for towels and amenities.

2. Quantity: Provide a minimum of one shower for each 100 keys for men and
equal quantity for women plus showers required for membership use.

3. Lighting: Provide recessed, indirect and direct lighting to meet lighting levels.
See <15C>.

4. Finishes:

a. Floors: Stone or porcelain tile with slip resistance

b. Walls: Stone or large format porcelain tile

c. Ceiling: Smooth painted gypsum board or plaster

E. Toilet Facilities:

212 Recreation & Amenities Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 1. Location: Strictly separate from, but contiguous to locker / dressing and wet
areas.

a. Directly accessible from Foyer to Locker Rooms to allow guest access

without traversing the locker and wet areas.

b. Where feasible, position spaces to permit joint usage by swimming

pool users and other outdoor activity areas.

c. Include vestibule in toilet entry area.

d. Provide toilet facilities for Fitness Center based on size and location. If
Fitness Center is located near the Public Restrooms, see <2A>.

2. Features:

a. Views: Control Views (garden courts or architectural glass walls and

screens).

b. Toilet Enclosures: Wall and louvered doors front with high pressure
laminate compartment dividers.

c. Urinal Screens: Enameled steel or stone; floor and wall supported.

d. Countertop: Stone or solid surface tops with undercounter bowls.

e. Mirror: Decorative or full width of countertop and to ceiling, back-lit or with

decorative lighting.

3. Lighting: Provide indirect and direct lighting to meet lighting levels. See
<15C>.

4. Finishes:

a. Floor: Porcelain tile or stone with slip resistance

b. Walls: Porcelain or glazed ceramic tile or stone wainscot and vinyl

wallcovering

c. Ceiling: Smooth painted gypsum board or plaster.

F. Service Closet: Provide a janitor closet containing floor sink and shelves for
cleaning products and equipment to maintain Locker areas, toilet areas and
guest amenity areas.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Recreation & Amenities 213
 4A.5 Sauna

A. Program: If required by the project Facilities Program, provide separate Saunas

in men’s and women’s shower area for guest relaxation prior to treatments or as
a dry relaxation amenity to be enjoyed in combination with adjacent Steam Room
and / or Pool facilities.

B. Space Planning:

1. Location: Locate Sauna in a common “wet area” adjacent to steam room,

whirl pool or pools if programmed.

2. Shower: Position Sauna near locker room showers within a common wet
zone to avoid traversing dry areas.

3. Accessibility: Comply with governing regulations for persons with disabilities;

<GR1>.

C. Size / Area:

1. 7.5 m² (80 sq. ft.) minimum, to 15 m² (160 sq. ft.)

2. Ceiling: 2.2 to 2.4 m (7 to 8 ft.) maximum

D. Features:

1. Construction: Commercial; prefabricated redwood or cedar walls, ceiling, two

tiered benches, heater guard and removable ductboard floor.

2. Insulation: Minimum of R11 with continuous foil faced vapor barrier.

3. Floor: Waterproof, when above occupied area.

4. Door and Frame: Prefabricated wood with insulated, tempered glass vision
panel for passive surveillance of interior. Wood door pull on interior.

5. Controls: Time and temperature; programmable with high temperature alert

control to limit system.

6. Heater: Commercial grade, wall mounted, electric, stainless construction with

rocks; sized per sauna volume. Typically, size to maintain 65º to 82º C (150º
to 180º F).

7. Signage: See <GR2> for applicable safety signage. Provide equipment

operation signage and safety signage adjacent to timer and temperature
control at exterior of sauna.

8. Lock: Provide a keyed, deadbolt lock (no interior function) to permit

management to secure room.

214 Recreation & Amenities Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 9. Robe Hook: Provide to accommodate capacity of the room, immediately
outside the door.

E. Duress Alarm: Security alarm; (red mushroom design) locate at interior of room
near entrance door. See <16>.

F. Utilities:

1. Floor Drain: For cleaning floor

2. Lights: Waterproof

3. Ventilation: Passive fresh air intake below heater and exhaust near ceiling.

G. Finishes - Sauna:

1. Floor: Porcelain or stone tile with slip resistance and removable ductboard
floor over tile.

2. Walls / Ceiling: Wood.

4A.6 Steam Room

A. Program: If required by the project Facilities Program, provide separate Steam

Rooms in the men’s and women’s shower area for guest relaxation prior to
treatments or as a wet relaxation amenity to be enjoyed in combination with
adjacent facilities.

B. Space Planning:

1. Location: Locate Steam Room in a common “wet area” adjacent to sauna,

whirl pool or pool, if programmed.

2. Shower: Position Steam Room near locker room showers within a common
wet zone to avoid traversing dry areas.

3. Accessibility: Comply with governing regulations for persons with disabilities.

C. Size / Area: 7.5 m² (80 sq. ft.) minimum, to 15 m² (160 sq. ft.)

D. Construction:

1. Floor: Waterproof membrane if above occupied area; positive slope 4 cm / m

(1/2 inch per ft.) to floor drains.

2. Walls: Typically field constructed of masonry; vapor proof construction to

prevent migration of moisture.

3. Ceiling: Sloped: 6 cm / m (3/4 inch per ft.), domed or vaulted (not flat) to

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Recreation & Amenities 215
 prevent condensation from dripping on occupants. Cement plaster; vapor
proof construction to prevent migration of moisture into ceiling structure.

4. Bench (Built-in): Typically field constructed similar to wall construction. Two

tiered (to permit seating at different temperatures); 45 cm (18 inch) high;
Slope seat 3 cm / m (3/8 inch per ft.) to avoid ponding condensation.

E. Features:

1. Nozzles: Position steam outlet nozzles to avoid contact burns with occupants,
away from seating areas.

2. Signage: See <GR2> and <16> for applicable safety signage.

3. Controls: Remote at steam generator to maintain room at 43º to 49º C (110º

to 120º F) with high temperature limit.

4. Emergency Shut Off: Provide in each room. See <16>.

5. Shower: Option at larger steam rooms.

6. Robe Hook: Provide to accommodate the capacity of the room, immediately

outside the door.

F. Door & Frame:

1. Frame: Aluminum

2. Tempered glass

a. Glaze to provide passive surveillance of interior; insulated.

b. Manufactured for steam room applications - not “storefront” doors that do

not control condensation.

3. Lock: Provide a keyed, deadbolt lock (no interior function) to permit

management to secure room.

4. Seal: Vapor proof, to avoid steam in adjacent areas.

5. Hardware: Push / pulls; wood (or other nonconductive material) for hand
grasping comfort.

6. Threshold: Porcelain tile or marble; set slightly above floor finish to contain
water.

G. Duress Alarm: Locate red design mushroom button at interior of each room near
entrance door. See <16>.

H. Utilities: See <15B> and <15C>.

1. Ventilation: Provide exhaust from above ceiling area (not from steam room).

216 Recreation & Amenities Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 Locate near door. See <15A>.

2. Steam Generator: Locate in adjacent room.

3. Drains: Place at low points of sloped floor. Provide trench drain at exterior
side of door to manage water from foot traffic and door condensate.

4. Lighting: Waterproof type; under bench and wall sconces. See <15C>.

I. Finishes:

1. Floor: Porcelain or stone tile; slip resistant finish with minimum .42 DCOF.

2. Walls: Glazed ceramic or porcelain wall tile. Consider incorporating a graphic

design element with the tiles, consistent with the spa narrative, to provide
visual interest.

3. Ceiling: Glazed ceramic or porcelain tile.

4A.7 Steam Generator Room

A. Program: Provide a utility room for the remote steam generator equipment that
produces steam for the Steam Rooms.

1. Location: Locate Steam Generating Rooms as close as possible to

Steam Rooms being served and within manufacturer’s recommendations.

2. Size / Area: As required to locate equipment and provide maintenance

clearance.

B. Features:

1. Access: Provide access from a common corridor or from locker /

attendant area for maintenance and to adjust controls.

2. Steam Generators: Commercial grade for continuous use.

3. Controls: Independent thermostat to control each room, automatic flush, high

temperature limit, sight glass, low water cut-off, pressure gauge with alerts
reporting to the <16> office.

4. Door and Frame: Wood; provide louver if required for ventilation.

C. Utilities: Provide water and electric service, and access to drain.

D. Finishes:

1. Floor: Sealed concrete or VCT or epoxy paint

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Recreation & Amenities 217
 2. Walls: Painted; epoxy is preferred

3. Ceiling: Exposed (not painted)

4A.8 Food and Beverage (F&B)

A. Program: See project Facility Program. If required by market, include within or

adjacent to the Fitness Center Arrival Area. Typically, the solution is a juice bar
offering a variety of refreshing drinks and snacks. For Pool F&B, see <3>.

1. Small Facilities: Where Fitness Center does not rely on outside memberships
provide a furniture grade purpose built shelving unit or custom built-in
cabinetry offering refreshments on an honor or complimentary basis.

2. Large Facilities: Where outside memberships are accommodated, the Juice

Bar consists of an adjacent self-contained food and beverage outlet.

3. Outdoors: When the Fitness Center is located adjacent to the outdoor

recreation terrace and swimming pool, the Juice Bar is integrated with the
pool’s food and beverage program. The program for the facility follows the
design process outlined for food and beverage. Coordinate with <3>.

B. Features: Provide the following:

1. Self-Service: If the Juice Bar is a buffet style, fabricate with granite or solid
surface counter and millwork cabinet.

2. Seating: Provide casual, wood or metal framed, upholstered with fabrics that
are easy to maintain in an athletic environment. Use only teak wood or
synthetic woven rattan for outdoor seating.

C. Finishes: In general, the Juice Bar finishes are similar in quality to the
Arrival Area.

1. Juice Bar - Food & Beverage Facilities: Generally, include wood,

porcelain tile or stone floors and millwork walls with decorative lights and
artwork. Incorporate concealed trash receptacle and recycling bin.

2. Ceilings: Multi-level, smooth painted gypsum board surface with

recessed lights.

218 Recreation & Amenities Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 4A.9 Treatment Rooms

A. Program: Provide quiet, soothing functional room(s) for performing massage and
related treatments. The environmental comfort of the patron is essential and
requires adjustable control of temperature, lighting and audio.

1. Provide quantity and type of rooms required by the project Facilities Program.

2. Comply with the Spa Design Standards.

B. Space Planning:

1. Type: Locate massage rooms together for efficient operation by

attendants.

2. Acoustics: Provide acoustic wall construction (STC 55 min) since massage

rooms require absolute quiet. Avoid locations near noise sources.

C. Size / Area: 11 m² (120 sq. ft.) minimum (per room).

D. Features:

1. Table: Adjustable, massage table

2. Counters: 91 cm (3'-0") high; 61 cm (2'-0") deep; length, 1.8 to 2.4 m (6 to 8

ft.); granite or solid surface.

3. Cabinets: Wall and base cabinets.

a. Positioned not as a focal point as one enters the room.

b. High quality laminate or stained or painted wood.

c. Adjustable shelves with locks at drawers and doors.

d. Door and drawer silencers (felt or rubber).

e. One section of the wall cabinet with glass doors and light for product
display.

f. Section for laundry hamper; covered.

g. Section for trash; covered.

h. Sink: Porcelain with hot and cold water and gooseneck spout.

4. Ceiling: Integrate the design features to reinforce an atmosphere of

relaxation.

a. Lights: Avoid harsh, direct lights above massage area.

b. Speakers; sprinklers: Coordinate placement with ceiling design.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Recreation & Amenities 219
 c. Diffusers and Grilles: Avoid direct drafts on patrons. Integrate or conceal
diffusers and grilles with ceiling design.

d. Design: Include interesting features utilizing coffers, vaults,

chromatherapy lights, etc. Acoustic ceiling tiles are not permitted.

5. Window: The natural light provided by a window is beneficial. Provide

operable or fixed operation based on location and climate. Provide an
appropriate privacy treatment.

6. Door: Solid core wood with the following:

a. Acoustical seal.

b. Latch set only (no lock) with quiet operation.

c. Solid door frame of wood (preferred) or filled hollow metal to minimize

noise.

7. Mirror: One wall of room may include a decorative mirror.

8. Provide robe hooks as required.

E. Audio: Equip each room with an individual sound system with channel and
volume controls.See <13B>.

F. Thermostat: Provide each room with individual controls. Coordinate with <15A>.

G. Lighting:

1. Decorative and indirect lighting or wall sconces on dimmer controls.

2. Undercounter lights for counter work.

H. Electrical: See <15C>.

1. Floor outlet for massage table.

2. Counter outlets; 4 for related appliances.

3. Wall outlet; 2 near head for steamer and product trolley (so that room can
also accommodate facials).

4. Controls: Organize audio, temperature and lighting controls in one location

with a unified appearance.

I. Finishes:

1. Floors and Base: Resilient flooring surface

2. Walls: Paint or wallcovering

3. Ceiling: Gypsum board, painted. Ceiling tile are not allowed.

220 Recreation & Amenities Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 4A.10 Relaxation Area

A. Program: If required, provide a quiet room for relaxing before or after treatments
as required by the project Facilities Program.

B. Space Planning:

1. Separate facility for male and female, typically.

2. Locate adjacent to locker area with convenient access to treatment areas.

3. Position to avoid direct views into locker or treatment areas.

C. Features: Provide the following features and amenities:

1. Visual features such as artifacts, water features and exterior views are
encouraged.

2. Adjustable lounge seating with drink table and reading light for 4 to 8
occupants.

3. Television and audio entertainment

4. Locate a small beverage hospitality station at the entry.

5. Lighting: Provide indirect and direct lighting to meet lighting levels. See
<15C>.

D. Finishes:

1. Floor: Carpet or wood with area rug

2. Wall: Millwork and vinyl wallcovering

3. Ceiling: Smooth painted gypsum board

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Recreation & Amenities 221
 4A.11 Storage - Attendant

A. Program: Provide a storage area to accommodate bulk storage of supplies

(towels, robes, slippers, etc.) required by the attendant and general equipment,
supplies and accessories for grooming and locker area.

B. Space Planning: Adjacent to Locker Area to conveniently resupply lockers

and to passively supervise access to the room.

C. Size: At small facility provide large closet or accommodate in treatment room. At

larger facility base on MI operations.

D. Features:

1. Shelving for towels, robes, slippers and equipment

2. Door: Lockable

3. Access: Provide solid ceiling or walls to underside of structure above to

deter theft.

E. Finishes:

1. Floor and Base: Vinyl or porcelain tile

2. Walls: Painted

3. Ceiling: Painted gypsum board or acoustical tile

4A.12 Kids Club & Teen Facilities

A. Overview: Although not a Brand requirement, provide a Kids Club or Teen

Facility when required by the project Facilities Program, particularly for resorts,
leisure destinations and large properties.

B. Program: When required by market, design and provide facilities for guests’
children and teenagers that comply with a recreation program on a case by case
project basis.

1. Typically, the following spaces are included in the facility:

• Entrance / Reception
• Kid’s Activities Room
• Storage Room
• Pantry
• Toilet
• Playground
• Teen Facility

222 Recreation & Amenities Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 C. Size: See the project Facilities Program.

D. Design Parameters: Design the facility to accommodate children.

1. Select durable materials and finishes that are easy to clean.

2. Accessibility for Guests with Disabilities: Locate facilities and amenities along
accessible routes and design facilities for access by guests with disabilities.

3. Avoid fixtures with sharp edges and corners. Tables and chairs with rounded
corners are preferred.

4. Doors intended to be operated by children must not be too heavy or closers

too strong to prevent opening.

E. Finishes: Design interior spaces with appropriate durable finishes. Design to be

thematically aligned with location and age group. Coordinate with <GR4>.

1. Floors: Carpet, wood, tile; VCT at service areas

2. Walls: Murals, paint, vinyl wall covering, ceramic tile at food areas and toilet
rooms

3. Ceiling: Acoustic ceiling tile and smooth gypsum board

F. Loss Prevention: See <16>.

1. Security: If required by Loss Prevention Risk Assessment, provide video

surveillance equipment.

2. Steps, Stairs & Ramps: See <16>.

3. Vision Panels: In order to avoid opportunities for inappropriate contact with

children, provide windows, door sidelights or glazed windows in doors at
enclosed rooms (offices, storage, preparation, etc.) to permit passive
surveillance of activities. Not required at toilet or dressing rooms.

4. Glazing: Provide safety glazing and decals at all large glazed areas that are
subject to human impact.

5. Windows & Safety Glass: See and <16> for window, glass / glazing criteria,
restricting window opening to 10 cm (4 inch) and safety glass requirements.

G. Kids Club:

1. Entrance / Reception: Provide an attractive entrance portal and reception

area to greet guests and their children.

a. Entrance: Provide a well lighted and attractive entrance portal.

b. Doors: Glazed (safety glass) doors to permit passive monitoring of

arriving and departing guests.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Recreation & Amenities 223
 c. Chime: Provide an electronic door chime for perimeter doors to alert
employees when exterior doors are opened.

d. Reception Desk: Provide a reception desk and chairs for employees and
guests to discuss and exchange information about the program. Provide
computer (PMS), POS, telephone, printer and file cabinet. Coordinate
with <13A>.

2. Activities Area: Provide a large open space to accommodate a variety of play

activities.

a. Open Area: Provide groupings of tables and chairs to accommodate

small groups of children. Select chair and table heights to accommodate
children of different ages.

b. Floor: Divide floor surface into carpeted areas for floor play activities and
wood or tile floor surfaces for high maintenance activities.

c. Library Wall: Provide a counter, cabinets and wall shelves to store books,
games and toys. Provide a state-of-the-art TV with the latest gaming
technology.

d. Computer Area: Provide a counter or alcoves for computer stations.

Verify internet access to avoid unintentional access to unauthorized
websites. Coordinate with <13A>.

e. Sink: To support art and other projects, provide a clean up area with
an appropriate height sink and counter for child use.

3. Storage Room: Provide a lockable room (10% of activities area) with

shelving to accommodate play equipment and games.

4. Pantry: Provide a pantry to prepare light snacks and beverages.

Provide a counter, sink, microwave, refrigerator and base and wall cabinets.

5. Toilet: Provide a toilet and vanity with sink.

a. Design fixtures for use by small children.

b. Design facility for use by children with disabilities.

c. Avoid automatic flush toilets that may frighten small children.

6. Service Closet: Provide a service area to store cleaning equipment and

supplies, and to access a utility sink for wet crafts and cleaning.

7. Playground: If provided, typically include the following features:

a. Safety: Follow industry standards for play equipment design and play
surface impact criteria.

224 Recreation & Amenities Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 b. Playground Equipment: Pre-manufactured, commercial / quality grade
equipment

c. Avoid hot surfaces that could burn skin in hot climates.

d. Furniture:
• Provide seating for parents.
• Picnic bench for outdoor snacks and activities.

e. Ground Material: Provide wood chips or other natural or recycled

cushioning materials below play equipment to cushion falls.

f. Perimeter Enclosure: Provide 1200 mm (4 ft.) high enclosure in

landscaping around playground area to contain children and provide
perimeter access control. Avoid enclosures and details that could entrap
children. Integrate the enclosure with landscaping material to maintain
the natural resort ambiance.

H. Teen Facility: Provide when required by market and the project Facilities
Program. The teen facility is separate from the children's area and designed for
guests between the ages of 13 and 17. A physical space for both structured and
relatively unstructured leisure is preferred. The ideal space is divided into three
zones: gaming, snacking and hanging out.

1. The Activity / Gaming Zone, depending on property location and

requirements, could include the following:
• TV and casual seating
• Table tennis
• Pool table
• Computer stations
• Craft / project area
• Game tables
• Video games
• Beauty salon area
• Tour / activity sign up / announcement board or desk
• Kitchen area for cooking classes
• A small storage room or office (required)

2. The Snacking Zone, depending on property location and requirements,

could include the following:
• Pizza oven
• Ice cream parlor counter
• Telephone station for room service with special menu
• Soda fountain
• Kitchenette area
• Dining area with table and chairs, communal tables or counter

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Recreation & Amenities 225
 • A small pantry with sink (required)

3. The “Hanging Zone” could include the following:

• Large, comfortable, durable lounge seating
• Coffee tables, lamps and side tables
• Large screen television with a system to play movies
• Book shelves to store teen oriented reading materials including books,
magazine display and video games

4. Some type of musical enhancements are included in the teen facility.

Depending on property location and program, the following could be
considered: Karaoke with stage area, jukebox, portable media player docking
stations, dance floor and DJ room.

5. Toilets: Provide teens with convenient access to Public Restrooms or

provide a dedicated facility.

6. Support Areas: Provide storage, pantry and service closet as noted

above for the Kids Club.

4A.13 Additional Facilities

A. Program: Include additional recreation facilities for indoor and outdoor recreation
activities when required by the project Facilities Program.

B. Rest Kiosk: When required, provide a small kiosk for outdoor activity areas, trails,
courts, etc.. Strategically locate as an amenity for guests.

1. Seating Areas: Protected (combination of trellis and roof ) seating area

2. Towels: Area for disbursement of towels (non-attendant / self-serve)

3. Refreshments: Drinking fountain, water dispenser or refrigerated beverage

dispenser as required.

C. Resorts: Verify with MI. The following may be included:

• Volley and Basketball Court(s)
• Outdoor Hand and Squash Ball Court(s)
• Golf Putting Greens and Practice Driving Cage
• Running / Jogging Path (where feasible)
• General Lawn Area

226 Recreation & Amenities Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 4A.14 Tennis Courts

A. Program: When determined to be required by MI, provide Tennis Court complex,

including tennis pro shop, number of tennis courts and type of construction and
surface finish.

1. Courts: Provide a minimum of 2 courts. See the project Facilities Program.

2. Unless structurally impractical, courts are accessible to guests with

disabilities.

B. Planning:

1. Avoid East / West orientation to reduce chance of sunlight in players’ eyes

during mornings and evenings.

2. Avoid conflicts (view, lights and noise) with guestroom wing.

3. Size: 36.6 x 18.3 m (120 x 60 ft.) for one court, unless otherwise specified by
the Owner and MI. Multiple courts; provide a minimum of 3.6 m (12 ft.) to
adjacent court playing surface.

4. Shade Structure: Provide in hot, humid climates between courts.

C. Court Finish:

1. The Landscape Architect reviews types of courts used at tennis facilities for
the project locale and recommends court surfaces for review and approval by
the Owner and MI.

2. Acceptable surfaces include clay, simulated clay, concrete with emulsion coat
or asphalt with special layered flexible coating. Alternate surfaces are
considered on an individual basis.

D. Fence:

1. Size:
• Ends and sides: 3 m (10 ft.) high.
• Center section of the nets: 1.2 m (4 ft.) high.
• Provide 3 m (10 ft.) fences at sides that require protection from prevailing
winds

2. Material:
• Black, PVC coated wire
• Include mesh for additional protection from the wind
• Posts and Rails: Black

3. Gates: Minimum opening width of 82 cm (32 inch).

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Recreation & Amenities 227
 E. Features:

1. Utilities:
• Power and water for drinking fountains.
• Water to courtside for maintenance.
• Power for ball machines and video equipment at side viewing pads.
• Empty conduit for future power and communications requirements

2. Net Posts: Removable, black finish

F. Lighting:

1. Lighted Courts: Consult with MI for quantity.

2. Tennis court light fixture type and lighting levels, whether Club or
Championship level, are accepted by MI.

3. Provide 8 light fixtures per lighted court as follows:

• Type: Metal halide or LED
• Shielded: 100% below the horizontal plane of the fixture housing.
• Poles: 6 m (20 ft.) high.
• Finish: Black
• Install light poles in line with the fence posts; not on court or surrounding
surface.
• Surface mount pole lights at base to anchor bolts set in a concrete footing.

4. Provide lighting on path to access courts.

5. Provide timer switch controls to permit automatic light shutoff and to permit
limits on nighttime play.

228 Recreation & Amenities Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 4A.15 Beach

A. Site Improvement: At resort locations where a beach exists, improve the beach
by cleaning, shaping and grading to refine the beach area to a condition
conducive for guest utilization.

1. In areas where a natural beach does not exist, it is necessary (if allowed by
governing law) to design and construct a man-made beach in the form of an
excavated lagoon. To design this element, the Landscape Architect shall
engage the services of a specialist with expertise in ocean and tide water
current behavior.

2. Provide beach sand of aggregate size and texture satisfactory for beach use.
Obtain material acceptance from MI.

3. In the event the ocean shoreline is rough and rugged, grade or smooth a
portion of shoreline to provide guest access to the water.

4. Where a boardwalk or similar beach access is provided, provide access for

guests with disabilities. See <GR1> for Code and Accessibility compliance..

B. Beach Facilities: Provide as follows.

1. Provide beach shower to remove sand prior to entering other facilities.

2. For properties where the hotel controls the beach, provide the ratio of 2
chaise lounges per guestroom.

3. Beach House: Provide adequate and accessible support facilities for

equipment, toilet rooms, beach attendant station, towel issue, storage of
beach chaise lounges, retail sales of essential items, umbrellas, boats and
other recreation equipment. Include electric service and outlets.

4. Provide a secure storage area for miscellaneous exterior recreation

equipment, such as rental bicycles for guests. Typically, locate the storage
with the tennis facility to accommodate rental maintenance and cleaning.

C. Shade Structures: Provide cost effective structures and areas such as trellises,
awnings, palapas and cabanas that provide true shade for guests to avoid full
sun.

D. Security: If permitted, define the beach security perimeter to accommodate the

privacy of guests.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Recreation & Amenities 229
 4A.16 Golf

A. Program: Provide as required by the Facilities Program. Design facilities in

compliance with the “Golf Design Standards Supplement”.

B. Support Facilities: Refer to Facilities Program. When a golf course is part of the
project, provide support facilities for a guest to play golf; store, clean, maintain
clubs; deliver clubs / equipment by golf car to course to be played, either
separate or with the guest.

C. Valet Service: Typically, required if golf course is remote from the hotel. Service
includes the following:
• Valet service to receive and hold “active” golf equipment from time of guests’
arrival to time of use.
• Unload, clean and store golf equipment until needed next time by guest.

4A.17 Coordination

A. References: Coordinate with requirements of other Chapters.

• Technology Infrastructure
• Audio / Visual
• Fire Protection & Life Safety
• Mechanical
• Plumbing
• Electrical
• Loss Prevention

230 Recreation & Amenities Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
chapter organization
• This chapter is a part of an integrated series of Chapters.
• This chapter is a part of an integrated series of Chapters.

definitions
• Design Standard: a minimum requirement to be fulfilled
without exception
• Best Practice: a recommended design guideline, practice or
way to execute a design standard
• Expanded Information: an explanation of a design standard
or best practice
• Reference (internal): a reference to another document /
section within the design standards or to a design strategy /
guide within the brand standards
Exception: Fire Protection & Life Safety Design
Standard references are to external codes only

Marriott Confidential & Proprietary Information

The contents of the Design Standards are confidential and proprietary to

Marriott International, Inc. and may not be reproduced, disclosed, distributed
or used without the express permission of an authorized representative of
Marriott.

English is the official and binding language of these design standards. The
translated versions are provided as a courtesy only and are not controlling
and have no legal effect.
 Table of Contents

4B.1 Overview 234

4B.2 Arrival Area for Fitness Center 237
4B.3 Exercise Areas 238
4B.4 Coordination 241

chapter organization
• This chapter is a part of an integrated series of Chapters.
• This chapter is a part of an integrated series of Chapters.

definitions
• Design Standard: a minimum requirement to be fulfilled
without exception
• Best Practice: a recommended design guideline, practice or
way to execute a design standard
• Expanded Information: an explanation of a design standard
or best practice
• Reference (internal): a reference to another document /
section within the design standards or to a design strategy /
guide within the brand standards
Exception: Fire Protection & Life Safety Design
Standard references are to external codes only

Marriott Confidential & Proprietary Information

The contents of the Design Standards are confidential and proprietary to

Marriott International, Inc. and may not be reproduced, disclosed, distributed
or used without the express permission of an authorized representative of
Marriott.

English is the official and binding language of these design standards. The
translated versions are provided as a courtesy only and are not controlling
and have no legal effect.

232 Fitness Center Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 EUROPE

Marriott Hotels
fitness center

globaldesignstrategies

designstandards
December 2020 | franchised
December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels fitness center 233
 4B.1 Overview

A. Program: Provide a Fitness Center for the property as defined by the project
Facilities Program and these design standards.

1. The Fitness Center allows guests to engage in the latest trends in

fitness available today. The center caters to the conditioned athlete and the
fitness novice. Current trends in the fitness industry are moving towards more
personalized fitness centers, where guests can perform various fitness
activities in spaces without feeling on stage.

2. If programmed, limited executive memberships may be offered.

3. Equipment Layouts: Representative layouts are provided by MI or See the

Fitness Foundation. Coordinate layout with finishes selected by the Interior
Designer.

4. The facility is designed with finishes consistent and complementary to the

Hotel design narrative, the Brand's Design Foundation and Fitness Design
Foundation.

B. Co-Location with Spa: If the hotel is integrated with a full service spa, provide
one shared Fitness Center adjacent to the spa. Provide the Fitness Center with a
dedicated Locker, Shower / Toilet Facility for men and women to avoid
operational conflicts with the spa.

C. Location:
• Locate the Fitness Center off public circulation so guests do not have to cross
public areas, such as the Lobby, Bar, Lounge or meeting Spaces, to arrive at the
Fitness Center or exterior recreation facilities.
• Preferred location does not direct main guest traffic to pass by Guestrooms.

D. Manager’s Office: Provide a private Fitness Manager’s Office as required by

market conditions and the project Facility Program.

E. Storage: Provide a room to store small training equipment and other exercise
items.

1. Location: Locate near exercise areas.

2. Size: 5 m² (54 sq. ft.)

3. Features:

a. Shelving: Wall mounted, adjustable, wood

b. Lockable door

234 Fitness Center Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 c. Resilient flooring

F. Amenities: Design places for guest amenities on built-in millwork or casegood

items. Examples include but are not limited to the following. See the Brand
Fitness Foundation for a complete list by brand.

1. Television: Provide 2, wall mounted, sized at 107 to 152 cm (42 to 60 inch)

flat panel; locate near strength training area. Verify with Brand Fitness
Foundation.

2. Towels: Provide millwork for work out, hand towels and soiled towel disposal.

3. Fruit (optional): Complimentary fresh, whole seasonal fruit (available during

peak hours).

4. Clock: Provide with second counter and mount on wall in each room of the
facility.

5. Cleaning Wipes Dispenser: For anti bacterial wipes.

6. Trash receptacle and recycle bins concealed in millwork.

7. Emergency Telephones: Provide house phones with direct dial to the “Call
Center” from the exercise room areas. See <2A>.

8. Headsets: Complimentary headsets for cardio equipment

9. Publications: Provide an area to display complimentary, current and recent

issues of fitness, health, or wellness publications

G. Planning:

1. Circulation: To the extent possible, the Fitness Center plan provides visual
observation of Fitness Center circulation, a clear division of male and female
changing facilities (if provided) and clear paths of travel to emergency exits.

2. Ventilation: Provide ventilation and maintain 65 degrees and 40 to 60%

humidity. See <15A>.

3. Privacy: If provided, design locker, lounge, toilet and shower areas to

minimize direct lines of sight from exercise areas. Accommodate governing
laws, customs and cultural norms regarding privacy.

4. Signs: Provide guest usage, regulation, safety and graphic signs as required
by the governing jurisdiction. See Brand Signage Specifications.

5. Exercise Equipment Area: Do not locate exercise equipment next to a wet

environment such as an indoor pool because moisture, condensation,
chlorine and wet bathing suits corrode equipment.

6. Branded Visual Identity: See the Fitness Brand Standard for direction. The

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Fitness Center 235
 minimum requirement is:
• A spark sculptural signage piece
• A large scale wall mural
• One additional visual identity application

H. Audio: provide a professional quality sound system. See <13B>.

1. Music: Provide low volume (50 to 60 decibels) background music, typically

between 120 to 140 beats per minute for exercise areas. See <13B>.

2. Location: Locate equipment on shelving in a room adjacent to Amenities

Station or in Manager’s Office.

3. Speakers: Architecturally integrate speakers.

I. Lighting: A lighting designer is strongly recommended to coordinate requirements

for the lighting design and installation. Demarcate the various zones through
multilayered lighting for ambient and task lighting with unique ceiling features
using recessed and accent fixtures.

1. Locker, Exercise, & Service Areas: Utilize general illumination of warm

(triphospher, 2700 to 3000 K color) LED lights for good skin tones and lower
heat output.

2. Arrival Areas: Use indirect wall and ceiling lights on dimmers.

3. Dimmers: Provide individual dimmer controls for studio and exercise areas.

4. Lighting Levels: See <15C>.

• Entrance Foyer: 10 to 15 foot-candle minimum.
• Cardio/Aerobics: 15-30 FC [150-300 lux] at floor
• Strength Training: 20-40 FC [200-400 lux] at floor
• Stretching: 10-30 FC [100-300 lux] at floor

J. Natural Light: Provide natural daylight through the use of full-height windows,
skylights and outdoor areas (while safeguarding the privacy areas).

K. Views: Maximizing great exterior views are preferred, ideally over lush
landscaping.

236 Fitness Center Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 4B.2 Arrival Area for Fitness Center

A. Program: Reflect the general characteristics and overall design aesthiestic

consistent with the Hotel design narrative and Brand's Design Foundation.
Provide the same level of finish and furnishings as required for public spaces.

B. Entrance & Foyer: Identify the entry with a combination of signage, lighting and a
pair of glass doors. As a minimum, identify and announce the Fitness Center
location with an entrance portal. Provide with a direct access to the Amenities
Station.

1. Entrance Door: Control guest entry with an electronic access key compatible
with guestroom lock. See <16>.

2. Circulation: Plan circulation to avoid service traffic through the Arrival Area.

3. Interior Design: Provide quality finishes in the entrance and Arrival Area.
Include artwork and decorative lighting.

4. Waiting Area: When required by the project Facilities Program, provide a

waiting area with seating for approximately four guests.

C. Amenities Station: Provide to accommodate the Brand amenities program and as

the focal point of the Arrival Area. Additional amenities units may be required
throughout the fitness center based on the design concept and size of facility.

1. Location: Position to allow direct access of arriving and departing guests and
for passive surveillance from the exercise areas.

2. Size: A generous counter that may be unstaffed or accommodate employees.

3. Design: Furniture grade, purpose built shelving unit or custom built-in

cabinetry for towels, trash, water dispenser, etc. Finishes include a
combination of stained millwork, stone or hard surface counter.

D. Hydration Station: Provide an elevated water dispensing station, plumbed, that

provides filtered water. See Brand fitness program requirements.

E. Equipment:At the Amenities Station provide the following:

1. Beverages: Providing an upscale, filtered water dispensing station and

consider offering bottled water or other beverages as determined by Brand
programming..

2. Provide glass front, counter height refrigerator for bottled beverage

display or chilled towels, when offered. Select equipment that is specific to
use.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Fitness Center 237
 3. See the Brand Fitness Foundation for program specific equipment.

F. Retail: Provide when required by the project Facilities Program. Amenities

Station or adjacent cabinet may include an opportunity to merchandise logo and
sports related items.

1. Location: May serve as the entry or circulation path of the Fitness

Center Arrival Area to related health and beauty retail such as hair styling,
facial, barber or nail care.

2. Design Criteria: For Retail areas, comply with the MI acceptance

process and see the retail design resource in <5>.

4B.3 Exercise Areas

A. Program: Assigned areas generally accommodates the following core functions:

1. Cardiovascular Area

2. Strength Training Area

3. Flex Area

4. Movement Studio (when programmed, a separate room)

B. Size / Area: At a minimum, size the facility to meet the following area criteria:

1. Size / Area Table:

2. Ceiling Height: 2.9 m (9'-6") minimum; proportionally higher in larger spaces.

3. Equipment Clearances: Maintain space beside and behind equipment based

on the manufacturer's recommendation.

C. Cardiovascular Area: First area accessible from the Arrival Area and Locker
facilities. Area typically includes exercise equipment such as professional grade
treadmills, ellipticals, bikes, etc.

1. Position and orient area to maximize natural light and to benefit from exterior
views. Where possible, include views to the swimming or other recreational
decks. Allow visibility to / from the Arrival Area.

238 Fitness Center Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 2. Provide integrated or attached personal TVs on each piece of equipment with
licensed public content.

3. Equipment Clearances:

a. Treadmills: Maintain space behind equipment based on the

manufacturer's recommendation; approximately 1.8 m (6 ft.) clearance
minimum.

b. Provide 1.2 m² (13 sq. ft.) minimum clear floor space for each equipment;
1.8 m² (20 sq. ft.) preferred.

D. Strength Training Area: Provide exercise areas to support many work out
opportunities with professional grade free weights, etc.

1. Lighting:

a. Provide higher lighting levels.

b. Downlights: Do not locate directly above stations where guests are

reclining and lights shine in their eyes.

2. Mirrors: Provide full height wall mirrors starting above wall power outlets.

3. Sound: Include background music. See <13B>.

4. Natural Lighting: Maximize natural lighting into the space through full-height
windows and skylights.

E. Equipment: Provide a state of the art Fitness Center offering guests with the
latest in training facilities and state of the art equipment. Provide exercise
equipment and features consistent with the property size and market based on
current MI operating standards.

1. Cardiovascular (Cardio) & Strength Equipment: Provide the acceptable

pieces listed in the Fitness Foundation.
• Contact Marriott International (MI) for equipment models.
• Provide power and data for a personal LED TV screen attached to each
equipment.

2. Accepted Equipment Manufacturers: Matrix Fitness, Life Fitness and

Technogym. A service agreement is required for equipment maintenance.

F. Flex (Core Training & Stretching) Area:

1. Equipment: Examples include but are not limited to the following:

a. Floor Mats

b. Stability Balls and rack

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Fitness Center 239
 c. Miscellaneous core and stretching accessories

2. On Demand: Provide space for 2 guests to utilize the On Demand

programming via a wall mounted TV.

G. Movement Studio: Provide when required by the project Facilities Program. If

provided, isolate the area with an enclosed acoustical separation, and a sense of
privacy from other areas.

1. Activities: Accessible to guests taking classes or for personal activities.

2. Views: Maximize introduction of controlled exterior views and natural

light.

3. Mirrored Walls: Typically, mirrored wall with wall mounted ballet barres
(horizontal handrail). Include blocking in wall for attachment.

4. Audio / Visual:

a. Provide separate sound system, controlled in room. Integrate into wall or

cabinet with surround sound speakers.

b. Consider a drop down projection screen or large monitor for

scheduled or On Demand group classes. Include a wall mounted touch
screen control.

5. Lighting: Provide adjustable light levels for different mood requirements.

H. Finishes:

1. Floor:

a. High quality LVT, wood or rubber floor at exercise areas with rubberized
material at free weights.

b. Resilient mounted wood floor or LVT in non-exercise areas and

movement studio.

2. Walls: Combination of accent vinyl wall covering, paint, one mirrored wall and
millwork.

3. Ceilings: Combination of acoustic tile system or smooth painted gypsum

board.

240 Fitness Center Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 4B.4 Coordination

A. References: Coordinate with requirements of other Chapters.

• Technology Infrastructure
• Audio / Visual
• Fire Protection & Life Safety
• Mechanical
• Plumbing
• Electrical
• Loss Prevention

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Fitness Center 241
 EUROPE

Marriott Hotels
swimming pools

globaldesignstrategies

designstandards
December 2020 | franchised
 Table of Contents

4C.1 Overview 244

4C.2 Swimming Pools - General 244
4C.3 Indoor Pools 249
4C.4 Whirl Pool 250
4C.5 Water Playground / Play Area 251
4C.6 Pool Mechanical Operation - General 252
4C.7 Equipment & Chemical Rooms 253
4C.8 Pool Accessories 254
4C.9 Pool Deck & Terrace Amenities 255
4C.10 Coordination 256

chapter organization
• This chapter is a part of an integrated series of Chapters.
• This chapter is a part of an integrated series of Chapters.

definitions
• Design Standard: a minimum requirement to be fulfilled
without exception
• Best Practice: a recommended design guideline, practice or
way to execute a design standard
• Expanded Information: an explanation of a design standard
or best practice
• Reference (internal): a reference to another document /
section within the design standards or to a design strategy /
guide within the brand standards
Exception: Fire Protection & Life Safety Design
Standard references are to external codes only

Marriott Confidential & Proprietary Information

The contents of the Design Standards are confidential and proprietary to

Marriott International, Inc. and may not be reproduced, disclosed, distributed
or used without the express permission of an authorized representative of
Marriott.

English is the official and binding language of these design standards. The
translated versions are provided as a courtesy only and are not controlling
and have no legal effect.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Swimming Pools 243
 4C.1 Overview

A. Program: At a minimum, provide the following.

1. Swimming Pool (indoor)

B. Locker & Shower Facilities: For the requirements to provide Toilet & Shower
facilities, see <4A>.

C. Size / Area:At a minimum, size facilities to comply with the project Facilities
Program. The exact size and type of facilities are based on the following:
• Market analysis
• Membership opportunities
• Climate
• Property location
• Local code restrictions

D. Standards & Codes: Comply with the current edition of applicable governing
building, structural, mechanical and electrical codes and health regulations.

1. Comply with the current edition of the European Standards criteria (EN) or
equivalent for aquatics.

4C.2 Swimming Pools - General

A. General: Enlist a certified pool consultant to assist with pool designs.

1. Consider contiguous indoor / outdoor swimming pools in seasonal

locations.

2. Larger facilities may require separate pools, especially where the

outdoor pool is the center of a resort environment.

3. At urban sites with limited recreation area, provide a "motion" pool to

accommodate 2 or more swimmers.

4. Large, Complex or Elevated Pools: When determining the pool structure,

consider the following:
• Speed of installation
• Structural loading and weight of pool
• Vertical and horizontal movement as a result of soil or building movement
• Earthquake zones
• Drainage system redundancy if pool is located over an occupied area.

B. Planning: Locate exterior pools with exposure to direct sun light and protected by
wind.

244 Swimming Pools Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 1. Provide indoor pools with exterior views, if possible.

2. Where feasible, position recreation areas and swimming pools close to

the Fitness Center, which are jointly accessed from guestroom elevator core
and Fitness Center.

3. At ocean properties, place between the hotel public spaces and the beach.
Create pathways to connect the pool and the beach.

4. In resort properties, place exterior pool at the focal and most prominent
location. Locate the primary pool to provide access from the guestroom
wings.

5. Rooftop: At urban sites with limited area, consider a rooftop or terrace

pool for an outdoor pool. Coordinate with <16>.

C. Access Control: Develop a program to secure the perimeter of swimming pool

and whirl pool areas during after hours and unauthorized use based on the
following.

1. Marriott Loss Prevention review. See and <16>

2. Operational logistics and location of pools and recreation areas.

3. No path of building emergency egress through the swimming pool and whirl
pool area.

4. Primary access point for guest arrival is toward the shallow end of the pool.

D. Control Features: Based on the Loss Prevention program, provide controlled

access to pool perimeters and recreation areas using one or more of the
following features:

1. Barrier: Provide 1.2 m (4 ft.) minimum high barrier (fence or landscape

hedge) when the pool is within the confines of the hotel or 1.5 m (5 ft.)
minimum high barrier when bordering adjacent properties.

2. Doors: To limit access by unauthorized persons or control access at

unauthorized times, provide electronic lock mechanism to pool enclosure and
whirl pool areas. See <16>.

3. Gates: To limit entry by small children, provide child resistant gate hardware
in compliance with the following:

a. Provide self-closing and latching gate with release hardware.

b. Locate the hardware on the pool side of gate and install 137 cm (54 inch)
minimum from bottom of gate.

c. When the hardware is located less than 137 cm (54 inches) from the
bottom of the gate, install the device at least 8 cm (3 inches) below top of
gate.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Swimming Pools 245
 d. Design gate and barrier without an opening greater than 13 mm (1/2 inch)
within 46 cm (18 inches) of the self-latching hardware.

E. Signage: Provide regulatory, safety and “No Diving” signage. See and <16>.

F. Pool Designs: Mechanical and structural engineers or a qualified swimming pool

design / build provider and project team consultant develops the mechanical
operation system and pool structural design.

1. Structure: Provide poured-in-place, shotcrete or pre-fabricated stainless steel

shell based on the most suitable solution for the site considerations.
• Finish: Applied cementicious plaster on concrete, tile or factory PVC
bonded solution.
• Select for long term durability and ease of maintenance
• "Bag" liner solutions are not acceptable
• Warranty: 5-year for waterproofing elements covering leaks and
delamination
• Accepted Manufacturer: Myrtha Pools (for panel system)

2. Configure swimming pool to facilitate simultaneous usage by recreational

bathing and lap swimmers.

a. Maximum Pool Depth: 1.5 m (5 ft.)

b. Minimum Pool Depth: 1.0 m (3'-4")

c. Maximum Slope of Pool Bottom: 1 to 12

3. Minimum Pool Depth Area: Approximately 15 to 20 percent of the total pool

area.

4. Pool Perimeters: Fully accessible for general maintenance, life saving and
rescue purposes.

5. Diving is prohibited.

6. Pool Entry: Provide a walk-in / stepped entry with accessible compliant

handrails at primary access point for guest arrival at pool, at the shallow end
of pool, with additional stairs or ladders every 23 m (75 ft.) around pool
perimeter. Include railings on both sides of stairs or a central handrail at small
stairs.

7. Steps: Provide 5 cm (2 inch) slip resistant edge, contrasting in color on

vertical and horizontal nose of each pool step and bench.

8. Accessibility: See governing accessibility requirements, <GR1>.

9. Accessories: Slides, swimming tunnels and bridges are prohibited unless

reviewed and accepted by Marriott Risk Management. See <16>.

246 Swimming Pools Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 10.Coping: Provide a continuous coping band with integral hand and finger grip
at the pool edge consistent with the project paving and hardscape materials.
Use pool coping compatible with the finish texture and material used for the
slip resistant, pool deck paving.

11.Skimmers: NSF approved, in-wall skimmers, if provided.

a. Quantity: 2 minimum; 1 for every 38 to 45 m² (400 to 500 sq. ft.) of water

surface, typical.

b. Covers: Provide cover to match pool deck to conceal skimmer cover.

c. Equalizer Lines: Design in compliance with the Virginia Graeme Baker

Pool and Spa Safety Act.

d. Gutter:
• Larger pools may require a continuous perimeter gutter by governing
regulations.
• Rim Flow or Vanishing Edge: Options depending on the size of the pool
and design objectives,

12.Return Inlets: Quantity, size and spacing is dependent on occupancy load,

pool volume, turnover rates and governing codes.
• Typically, locate at 4.5 m (15 ft.) intervals along the pool perimeter wall.
• Sidewall inlets or floor inlets may be used.
• Place to maximize water recirculation and allow for ease of future
maintenance.

13.Lighting: Provide underwater lighting with energy efficient LED lights. See
<15C>.

a. Protection: GFCI

b. Circuit: Emergency

G. Pool Deck Design:

1. Deck Width: Provide a minimum of 1.2 m (4 ft.) at pool perimeters for rescue
assistance circulation. Provide 1.5 m (5 ft.) at accessible required access
paths. Not less than 3 m (10 ft.) at any point with seating.

2. Deck Slope: Slope away from pool to perimeter drains or deck drains at a
minimum of 2% (2:100) (1/4 inch per foot) and a maximum as allowed by
governing code. Standing water on pool deck is not permitted.

3. Deck Drains: Install flush to deck finish surface.

4. Deck: Provide slip resistant deck finish. See <16>.

5. Concrete & Carpet Finish: Smooth troweled concrete finishes and carpet are

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Swimming Pools 247
 not permitted at patios, walkways, pool decks or areas where people are
circulating with wet feet.

6. Deck Joints: Seal deck joints with color matching elastomeric adhesive
sealant with superior chemical and mold resistance, rated for pool use. Do
not use wood divider strips.

7. Decorative Fittings & Nozzles:

• Above water line provide a Corrosion PRN value equal to, or greater than,
ANSI 316 stainless steel.
• Below water line provide suitable plastic composites with chemical
resistance equal to, or greater than, SCH 40 PVC pipe.

8. Shower / Foot Wash: Provide shower head and drain as required by

governing authority or when pool is adjacent to a beach or play area to avoid
sand and soil on pool deck and in pool. Design a decorative solution
consistent with design narrative and strategy.

9. Lighting: Locate lighting at pool perimeter to avoid maintenance /

replacement activities over the water surface.

H. Depth Markings: Indicate water depth in meters and feet, using permanent
materials, at swimming and whirl pools.

1. Letters / Characters: Minimum 10 cm (4 inch) high; in contrasting color to tile.

a. Incorporate NO DIVING international logo tile signs adjacent to each

depth marker.

b. Paint-on characters are not acceptable.

2. Marking Placement: Space markers no more than 7.6m (25ft.) intervals and
arranged to be uniformly located at irregularly shaped pools.

a. Depths / Shapes: Place pool markings at maximum and minimum depths,

all points of slope change, and at every 30 cm (1 ft.) of depth increment;
also place at major deviations in shape.

b. Vertical Pool Walls: Place in upper most position; easily readable from
water side.

c. Horizontal Surface: Place within 46 cm (18 inch) of water’s edge and

positioned readable while standing on deck facing the water.

d. Slip Resistance: Provide for horizontal depth markers.

e. Depth Markings

248 Swimming Pools Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 4C.3 Indoor Pools

A. Design: Comply with the “Pool Designs” and “Pool Deck Design” criteria above.

B. Size: See the project Facilities Program.

1. A minimum of 6 x 12 m (20 x 40 ft.). An adjacent whirl pool is determined by

the project Facilities Program.

C. Enclosure:

1. Floor: Meet slip resistant criteria. See <16>.

2. Walls: Porcelain tile wainscot with high performance epoxy paint above.

3. Ceiling: Exposed structure (skylights, concrete deck, etc.) with high

performance epoxy paint with areas of gypsum board or plaster soffits. Avoid
suspended ceilings and opportunities for corrosion.

4. Windows & Skylights:

• Aluminum frame, thermally broken with insulated glass.
• Full height framed glass / glazing at exterior wall to overlook the outdoor
amenities.

D. Heating, Ventilation and Cooling: See <15A>.

E. Acoustics: Pool enclosure Reverberation Time (RT) 60 Max = 4 seconds.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Swimming Pools 249
 4C.4 Whirl Pool

A. Program: Not a Brand essential. See project Facilities Program for requirements.
If provided, meet the following criteria.

1. Size: 3 m (10 ft.) diameter minimum by 0.91 m (3 ft.) deep.

B. Location: Typically, locate in close proximity to deep end of Swimming Pool.

Consider a design that places the whirl pool above the pool deck to permit
seating around the edge or more closely at eye level of surrounding seating.

C. Slip Resistance Factor: For decks, copings, benches, and pool floors, see <16>.

D. Heating: Include heating equipment to maintain 40º C (104º F) water temperature

with an in-line thermometer graded in 1º C (2º F) intervals installed in the filter
room between the filter and heater.

E. Equipment: Locate whirl pool mechanical equipment in a designated,

programmed room unless otherwise approved by the Owner and accepted by MI.

1. Pumps: Provide separate pumps for circulation and jet supply. Equip pumps
with programmable, variable frequency drives (VFD) for energy savings.

2. Suction Outlets: To avoid entrapment install suction outlets in compliance

with the U.S. Pool Safety Act (Virginia Graeme Baker Pool and Spa Safety
Act).

3. Decorative Fittings & Nozzles: Provide plastic composite or stainless steel,

corrosion resistant metal or bronze plumbing fittings and nozzles.

4. Air Injector: Install for jet action during whirl pool use.

5. Jet Timer: Provide a 15 minute time switch to permit users to activate whirl
pool jets. If air blower is provided, interlock timer with air blower and jet
pump. Locate timer so that the whirl pool user is required to exit the pool to
reactivate.

6. Stop Button: Provide emergency stop button adjacent to jet timer, interlocked
to the whirl pool pump and jet pump.

F. Signs: Include regulatory and safety signage. See and <16>.

250 Swimming Pools Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 4C.5 Water Playground / Play Area

A. Program: See the project Facilities Program for Water Playground / Play Area
(splash pad) or Children's Pool (alternate) requirement.

B. Resorts: Leisure markets may require one of the following water play areas for
children:

1. Playground / Area: An MI preferred accessible water play amenity for

children.

a. Pad & Base: Reinforced concrete with a durable, slip resistant finish (see
<16>). Provide a resilient material flooring approved for use in pool
environments.

b. Features: Provide a variety of water experiences (water jets, waterfalls /

showers, fountains / bubble beds, wade-in pool, etc.) proportioned to the
facility.

c. Sanitation & Filtration: Provide a dedicated system. See “Pool

Mechanical Operation - General”.
• Turnover Rate: Less than 2 hours
• Sanitation: Traditional system with an ultra violet (UV) bacteria
mitigation system on the water supply at the pump.

d. Diverter Valve: Provide on the drain line to divert rain water, wash-down
water and run-off to the storm water system.

e. Controls: Consider an activation bollard and computer system that

allows guests to turn the features on and off.

f. Disability Access: Required. Typically provided if the pad is a single level

design.

2. Children’s Pool: Provide as an alternate to the Play Area, if approved by MI.

a. Filtration: Provide a system dedicated to the children’s pool.

b. Depth: Typically 46 cm (1- 6) maximum

c. Disability Access: See <GR1> for Code and Accessibility compliance.

d. Deck Space: Design adequate deck space for observation of children and
for appropriate furniture.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Swimming Pools 251
 4C.6 Pool Mechanical Operation - General

A. Safety Features: Design and construct pool details and equipment to prohibit
hazards from tripping and slipping. Design to avoid entrapment of clothes, hair
and people in compliance with the U.S. Pool Safety Act (Virginia Graeme Baker
Pool and Spa Safety Act).

B. Pumps: Provide recirculation, filtration, water treatment and pumping system to

maintain water in a clear, sanitary condition with a minimum amount of
maintenance.

1. Provide energy efficient pumps.

2. Provide pumps in standard sizes to simplify pump procurement and

replacement.

C. Filtration: Provide a separate system for each pool and whirl pool. Include NSF
approved sand filters or Regenerative Media filters. Provide a minimum system
filter flow rate of one water turnover in 5 hours for pools and in 20 minutes for
whirl pools.

D. Treatment: Provide sanitation and water treatment in compliance with the Model
Aquatic Health Code (MAHC) and treatment type as required by M.I.; saline is
preferred. Do not use chlorine gas. Provide automatic, adjustable injection
system with test kit.

E. Heater: Provide heating for whirl pool and indoor swimming pools. Provide
heating for outdoor swimming pools unless outdoor climate maintains water
above design temperature.

1. Provide high efficiency heaters (with sealed combustion chamber and ducted,
exterior combustion air to avoid pool chemical corrosion) integrated with heat
recovery system using the pool dehumidification system. See <15A>.

2. Provide water temperature controls for the area's typical or extreme climate
conditions. Provide constant design temperatures:
• Pools: 29º C (84º F)
• Whirl Pool: 40º C (104º F)
• Temperature Rise: 0.25º C (0.5º F) per hour

F. Signage: Coordinate with <16> for applicable signage.

G. Plumbing – General:

1. Pipes and Fittings: Provide Schedule 40 PVC for pools and whirl pools.

2. Fresh Water Supply: Copper or CPVC Schedule 80

252 Swimming Pools Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 3. Heater Supply and Return: Copper or CPVC Schedule 80

4. Pipe Size: Do not exceed flow velocities required by codes and the following:

a. Velocity through open area of return: not to exceed 3 m / sec. (10 ft. /
sec.)

b. Velocity through suction lines: not to exceed 1.8 m / sec. (6 ft. / sec.)

5. Underground Pipe: Solvent welded connection only. Threaded or flanged

connection are not permitted.

6. Testing: Prior to back filling, pressure test at a minimum of 1.7 bars (25
psi) for a minimum of 24 hours. Maintain pressure on pipes during back filling
to verify pipes are not damaged.

4C.7 Equipment & Chemical Rooms

A. Location: Locate the Pool Equipment rooms close as feasible to pool and whirl
pool, and away from guestrooms, residences, meeting rooms and other public
spaces to avoid the transfer of noise and vibration.

B. Drainage: Provide a sump or other positive drainage.

C. Storage / Maintenance: Provide storage space for maintenance supplies and

equipment. Avoid moving pool equipment and water treatment materials through
public spaces.

D. Chemical Storage: Store and separate liquid chlorine from acid in ventilated,
corrosion resistant rooms or cabinets away from pool equipment.

E. Eye Wash Station: Connect to tepid, piped water system. Locate near chemical
handling with unobstructed access. See <15B> and <16>.

F. Construction:

1. Floor: Concrete, hardened and sealed

2. Secure and mount pumps and heaters on raised housekeeping pads.

3. Walls & Ceiling: Provide water resistant materials and epoxy painted
finish.

G. Plumbing:

1. Support and secure with corrosion resistant fasteners and accessories.

2. Clearly label and color code with flow direction arrows.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Swimming Pools 253
 3. Install to avoid tripping hazards, head height obstructions and
obstructions to equipment service.

H. Ventilation: See <15B>.

4C.8 Pool Accessories

A. Deck Equipment: Additional equipment may be required by local code. At a

minimum, provide the following.

1. Grab Rails

2. Stair Hand Rails

3. Life Guard Chair (only if required by governing authority)

4. Deck Mounted Stair Rails

5. Permanent Accessibility Lift (each pool area)

6. Deck Anchors

7. Escutcheon Plates

8. Pool Cover & Deck Anchors: Provide in cold climates where outdoor pools
are typically closed for the season.

9. Thermal Cover: Provide thermal covers and racks for pools if the pool is
intended to continue in service during cold weather.

B. Maintenance Equipment:
• Pool Cleaning System - vacuum with hose and robotic cleaner (dedicated
vacuum ports - not recommended)
• Nylon Brush
• Telescopic Pole
• Stainless Steel Brush
• Zinc Anodes (cathodic protection)

C. Safety Equipment: Additional equipment may be required by local code.

• Life Buoy with throw line equal to the pool width
• Life Hook (Shepard's hook) and pole
• First Aid Kit

D. Telephone: Provide a house phone. See <13A>.

254 Swimming Pools Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 4C.9 Pool Deck & Terrace Amenities

A. Program: Provide design that is compatible with the Hotel design narrative and
Design Foundation.

B. Landscape: Provide sophisticated landscaping at outdoor pool and sunbathing

deck areas that is appropriate to the climate, space available, and project
concept.

1. Utilize landscaping to provide quiet and public areas and shady and
sunny zones.

2. At indoor pools limit landscaping to areas of natural light to support live

plants.

C. Walkway Access: Paths to pool; 1.5 m (5 ft.) wide to allow two persons to pass or
walk side-by-side.

D. Attendant Kiosk: Provide pool attendant’s, towel and sundry issuance kiosk at
primary point of access to pool compound; position to permit passive observation
of the swimming pool, children’s pool, and whirl pool.

E. F&B Facilities: Consider opportunities for pool terrace food and beverage
outlets and function / catering facilities.

F. Deck / Terrace / Beach Furniture: Include stackable deck furniture in seasonal

climates.

1. Chaise Lounge Quantity: 1 per 10 keys. (MI designates specific count); warm
climates and resorts may require higher quantity based on demand.

2. Additional Chairs, Tables, Cabanas and Umbrellas: Base quantity on facility

size, market demand, food and beverage type, and location.

3. Furniture & Amenities:

• Towel rack
• Hamper

G. Telephone: Mount house phone on fence in weather-proof box located at entry

gate. See <13A>.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Swimming Pools 255
 4C.10 Coordination

A. References: Coordinate with requirements of other Chapters.

• Technology Infrastructure
• Fire Protection & Life Safety
• Mechanical
• Plumbing
• Electrical
• Loss Prevention

256 Swimming Pools Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 EUROPE

Marriott Hotels
spa

globaldesignstrategies

designstandards
December 2020 | franchised
 Table of Contents

4D.1 Application 260

4D.2 Planning Parameters 261
4D.3 Design Parameters - General 265
4D.4 Space Planning 270
4D.5 Entrance Access 272
4D.6 Spa Reception 273
4D.7 Spa Retail 275
4D.8 Consultation / Concierge Office 280
4D.9 Administration Offices 282
4D.10 Spa Salon 286
4D.11 Café (option) 297
4D.12 Attendant Station - Men & Women 298
4D.13 Storage 300
4D.14 Lounge / Waiting Area – Men & Women 300
4D.15 Co-ed Lounge (Conservatory) 302
4D.16 Locker Rooms 303
4D.17 Toilets (Locker) 306
4D.18 Grooming Areas 306
4D.19 Showers 308
4D.20 Wet Lounge 310
4D.21 Steam Room 312
4D.22 Steam Generator Room 314
4D.23 Sauna 315
4D.24 Warm Plunge Pool 317
4D.25 Cool Plunge Pool (Option) 318
4D.26 Swimming Pools 318
4D.27 Whirl Pool 319
4D.28 Massage - Treatment Room 320
4D.29 Facial Treatment Room 324
4D.30 Couples Massage Room 327
4D.31 Couples Massage Suite 327
4D.32 Wet Treatment Room 329
4D.33 Deluxe Wet Treatment Room 333
4D.34 Hydrotherapy Room 333
4D.35 Dispensary 334
4D.36 Toilet (Treatment Area) 336
4D.37 Pantry 336
4D.38 Professional Product Storage 337
4D.39 Toilets 338
4D.40 Janitor 339
4D.41 Circulation 340
4D.42 Linen Staging 343
4D.43 Linen Closet 346

258 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 4D.44 Soiled Linen 346
4D.45 Equipment Room 347
4D.46 Audio Room 347
4D.47 Employee Break Room 347
4D.48 Coordination 349

chapter organization
• This chapter is a part of an integrated series of Chapters.
• This chapter is a part of an integrated series of Chapters.

definitions
• Design Standard: a minimum requirement to be fulfilled
without exception
• Best Practice: a recommended design guideline, practice or
way to execute a design standard
• Expanded Information: an explanation of a design standard
or best practice
• Reference (internal): a reference to another document /
section within the design standards or to a design strategy /
guide within the brand standards
Exception: Fire Protection & Life Safety Design
Standard references are to external codes only

Marriott Confidential & Proprietary Information

The contents of the Design Standards are confidential and proprietary to

Marriott International, Inc. and may not be reproduced, disclosed, distributed
or used without the express permission of an authorized representative of
Marriott.

English is the official and binding language of these design standards. The
translated versions are provided as a courtesy only and are not controlling
and have no legal effect.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 259
 4D.1 Application

A. Overview: The Spa Design Standards have been prepared by Marriott

International, Inc. to communicate spa facility standards for the design of Brand
Spa Facilities.

B. Spa Operations Manual: The Spa Design Standards, by themselves, do not

define a spa facility program for a specific spa project. Refer to the Spa
Operations Manual for the minimum Brand and Operations Standard
requirements for each classification of spa product. The Spa Operations Manual
and Spa Design Standards are complementary and their requirements are
intended to be integrated to produce a cohesive spa facility.

C. Spa Area Programs: These Spa Design Standards address spa design
parameters and minimum criteria standards for the design of spa facilities. The
Spa Design Standards require integration of the Spa Area Program. The Spa
Area Program forms the foundation of the spa design and governs the
application of the Spa Design Standards. Consult the MI Spa team for the
Brand's Spa Area Program.

D. Design Team: The Spa Design Standards are intended to be used and applied
by a knowledgeable and qualified spa consultant and design team.

1. Consultant Selection: Selecting an appropriate spa consultant to assist

with planning, programming and designing the spa project is an important,
initial decision that directly affects the success of the spa design process.

a. Select the spa consultant as early as possible to benefit from the

spa consultant’s experience.

b. MI maintains a list of recommended spa consultants who are

familiar with Brand Standards Philosophy and Design Standards for
contract by the project Owner.

c. Contact Spa Operations for a current list of spa consultants. Access

to information for consultants, equipment, supplies, treatment room
details and utility requirements are available on the Marriott intranet site
(MGS).

d. Spa Consultants do not typically provide interior designer services.

A spa specific interior design firm is required to design the spa facility,
separate from the interior design firm hired for the hotel.

E. Market Study: A market study by ownership is required to program and

appropriately integrate the Design Standards.

260 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 4D.2 Planning Parameters

A. Overview: The planning, design, construction and operation of a spa are a

complex process that requires a disciplined approach by a variety of participants
and consultants. Minimizing or eliminating elements of a disciplined process
typically will result in a spa facility that is too large, too small or equipped with
facilities that are unnecessary or inappropriate.
• See Figure 1 for the spa planning elements and phases that are required to
efficiently plan and develop a spa facility.
• Planning: Evaluate the following planning parameters when developing the spa
site plan.

1. Planning Phases Diagram

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 261
 B. Design Concept and Theme:

1. Program: A design concept and theme is developed as a result of the market

analysis, Facilities Program and project location. Plan and locate the spa in
an environment consistent with the concept. Design the spa to convey an
atmosphere of personalized attention, rejuvenation, escape and comfort to
provide a relaxing environment for spa guests.

2. Sense of Arrival: The spa is an oasis separated from the distractions of hotel
activities. Choreograph the spa guest’s approach to the spa entrance,
pedestrian and car, to provide a sensitive transition from the hotel to the spa
environment. Where applicable, consider such design principles as feng shui
to organize spaces.

262 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 3. Public Space: Avoid circulation paths that require spa guests to pass through
function spaces, restaurants and back-of-house areas to access the spa.

C. Acoustics:

1. Program: Managing noise is essential for creating the appropriate

environment for delivering spa services to guests and for avoiding conflicts
with spa activities.

2. Site Plan: Position the spa to avoid sources of environmental noise such as
roadways, mechanical equipment, back docks and recreation courts. If
unavoidable, acoustically screen outdoor spa areas with garden walls and
landscaping.

3. Acoustical Consultant: If the spa is proposed to be located near sources of

noise or vibration (roadways, mechanical equipment, airport, etc.), employ an
acoustical consultant to evaluate the noise or vibration and to develop a
noise and vibration management strategy.

D. Smell: Evaluate sources of odors (kitchen exhaust, laundry exhaust, adjacent

land uses, etc.) and develop a site plan to avoid or mitigate odors that might
detract from the spa experience.

E. Site Views: Whenever possible, exploit views to exterior courtyards,

landscape areas and scenic vistas. It is important to integrate interior spaces with
exterior elements to relate the spa experience with natural light and nature.

F. Natural Light: Natural light, essential for good health, is beneficial for the
more active areas of the spa. The spa site orientation should use natural light
opportunities, except in Treatment Corridors and Lounges that require indirect
lighting to set the stage.

G. Site Aquatics: Position exterior swimming pools and decks to permit exposure to
the sun for a majority of the day. Provide areas shaded from the sun by
incorporating landscaping, umbrellas and shade structures in the design.

H. Fitness / Movement Studio: Consider the location and condition of existing

Fitness Center. Evaluate if the hotel and spa can benefit from sharing Fitness
Center facilities, supervision and locker areas when appropriate to the overall
concept.

I. Climate & Weather: Evaluate the effect that the local climate and weather will
have on the selection of facilities, equipment and building materials.

J. Parking:

1. Program: Accommodate parking for hotel guests, outside memberships,

employees and guests with disabilities. Parking demand requirements are

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 263
 developed from the market study and spa program.

2. Integrated: If the spa is integrated within the hotel, accommodate parking

within the hotel program.

3. Adjacent: If the spa is planned as a stand-alone facility, adjacent to the hotel,

evaluate the parking demands and site requirements and provide parking
facilities accordingly.

4. Memberships: If the market study and spa program anticipates a significant

percentage of spa membership guests, evaluate providing an exterior
entrance, drop-off and employee parking.

5. Entrance: When an exterior entrance includes parking facilities, plan the

entrance to minimize the impact of the parking area on the spa entry
experience. Utilize landscaping, berms and a sensitive orientation of the
parking area to the entrance to provide a pleasant transition. Design facilities
for inclement weather.

K. Service Access:

1. Program: Plan service access to avoid conflicts with spa guests and to avoid
spa entrance locations and guest elevators.

2. Integrated: If the spa is integrated with the hotel, plan service access from the
back-of-house circulation to avoid conflicts with spa and hotel guests.

3. Adjacent: If the spa is a stand-alone facility, adjacent to the hotel, evaluate

service access circulation to avoid cross circulation with spa and hotel
guests.

L. Food & Beverage: Evaluate the proposed and existing food and beverage
programs to determine if the spa and hotel can benefit from sharing facilities,
employees and guests.

M. Retail: Spa retail is an integral department of the spa. Retail adjacency to

Spa Reception and guest access is key to this goal.

N. Access for Persons with Disabilities: Provide Spa access to persons with
disabilities as intended by the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) or equivalent
standard of the governing authority.

264 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 4D.3 Design Parameters - General

A. The 5 Senses: To be successful, a spa facility must involve and manage the five
senses of the spa guest: sight, hearing, smell, touch and taste. The five senses
are addressed as integral elements of the spa site plan, space plan, interior
design and operation. Incorporate the natural beauty of each location utilizing
indigenous elements whenever possible to create an individual sense of place
and to support the spa concept. Design Parameters: Incorporate the following
Design Parameters into every phase of the spa design.

B. Sanitation:

1. Program: Spa guests assume a credible spa is impeccably clean and

sanitary. Any indication or perception (sight, smell, touch) to the contrary will
undermine the spa guests’ ability to relax and enjoy their spa experience.
Design the spa to promote a high level of sanitation.

2. Housekeeping: Provide adequate and easily accessible janitor and

housekeeping facilities to support frequent spa cleaning. Provide a seamless,
behind the scenes route for dirty / clean spa linens. Utilize recycling
receptacles where appropriate.

3. Finishes: Select finishes that are durable and easy to maintain in a clean and
sanitary condition.

4. Wet Areas: Select tile, stone or other materials that are impervious to water
and frequent cleaning.

5. Floors: Use light colored tile grouts; avoid white.

6. Green & Sustainable Materials: Where possible, use ‘green’ and sustainable
materials.

7. Ventilation: Ventilation capacities will typically exceed code requirements and

require careful zone planning to manage temperature, moisture and odors.

8. Humidity: The heating and air-conditioning system must support humidity

reduction in wet areas and maintain a reasonable level of humidity in dry
areas.

9. Floor Drainage: Provide sloped floors and drains in “wet” areas (wet lounge,
shower areas, toilets, pool decks, hydro rooms, janitor closets, steam room,
kitchen, sauna, etc.) to assist with frequent cleaning.

10.Fabrics: Select furniture, window and wall treatment fabrics (consistent with
spa interior design) that are durable, capable of repeated commercial
cleaning and easy to replace.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 265
 11.Lighting: Provide proper lighting in the entire building for night cleaning of the
spa.

C. Acoustics:

1. Program: Managing sound transfer in the spa is essential for creating the
appropriate environment for delivering spa services to guests and for
avoiding conflicts between spa activities.

2. Site Plan: Position the spa to avoid sources of environmental noise such as
roadways, mechanical equipment and recreation courts. If unavoidable,
acoustically screen outdoor spa areas with garden walls and landscaping.

3. Spa Plan: Space plan the spa to avoid acoustical conflicts between active
and passive activities.

4. Treatment Rooms: Treatment room areas require the highest level of

acoustical isolation of the spa areas.

5. Avoid placing the following facilities adjacent to treatment rooms.

a. Reception / Consultation Rooms

b. Plumbing Fixtures: showers, lavatories, toilets (not associated with a

Treatment Room).

c. Wet Room Shower

d. Administration

e. Employee Areas

f. Receiving / Service Areas

g. Fitness / Wellness Areas

h. Pedicure / Manicure

i. Pantries / Kitchens

j. Elevators

k. Mechanical or Plumbing Equipment rooms and chases

l. Place treatment room sinks on the wall farthest from shared treatment
room walls.

6. Acoustical Separations: Evaluate each spa area, the activities being

performed in each area and the adjacent use. Provide the appropriate
acoustical wall, floor or roof / ceiling system and opening or penetration
treatment required to prevent acoustical conflicts between activities. At a
minimum, provide the acoustical ratings indicated in this standard.

7. Shades:

266 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 8. Noise: Select equipment and materials to minimize noise that could disturb
spa guests such as:

a. Doors: Provide acoustical seals and silencers.

b. Hardware: Provide hinges and latches with quiet operation.

c. Cabinets: Provide silencers on drawers and doors. Use hinges and

drawer slides, designed for quiet operation.

d. Equipment: Select motorized and operable equipment that minimizes

noise.

e. Carts: Select wheel types to minimize noise.

f. Flooring: Use flooring that absorbs sound on areas where guests will
walk while wearing heels.

g. Public Corridors: Line floors with sound absorbent treatment, i.e., carpet,
cork.

9. HVAC: Design heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems to minimize,

sound transfer, noise and drafts. <14>.

D. Material Selection

1. Program: Select materials and systems that are inherently durable, easily
maintained and support the spa theme.

a. Wet Areas: Use masonry wall construction at shower, janitor, toilet,

sauna, steam, laundry, wet treatment, wet lounge and aquatic areas.
Walls in wet areas are subject to daily wash-down and high humidity.

b. Door and Frames: Typically, avoid use of hollow metal in wet areas.

E. Privacy

1. Program: Design the spa to provide a clear privacy division between the
sexes in areas where spa guests are disrobed (undressing or bathing).

2. Lounge / Waiting Area: Design separate Lounge / Waiting Area rooms for
men and women. Spa attendants of both sexes greet spa guests in this area.
Therefore, plan the area to avoid views into Locker, Grooming and Wet
Lounge areas.

3. Treatment Rooms: For operational efficiency, Treatment Room areas are

used by both sexes. Each Treatment Room is designed for the privacy of the
spa guest who may be disrobed. Small windows are beneficial if the location,
view and light are carefully designed and controlled.

4. Wet Lounge and Lockers: Avoid windows and skylights in areas where spa

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 267
 guests are disrobed (undressing or bathing) unless the view is controlled by
window treatments or orientation. Avoid skylight views from adjacent
buildings.

5. Sightlines: Evaluate sightlines and avoid views from public areas into private
areas, assuming doors are fully opened. Baffled and angled door entrances
are recommended.

6. Mirrors: Evaluate the location of mirrors and reflective surfaces to avoid

indirect views that could compromise private areas.

7. Windows and Skylights: Evaluate views and sight lines from windows and
skylights to verify that private areas of the spa are not compromised.

F. Loss Prevention

1. Program: Spa guests must enjoy a sense of privacy security to relax

and enjoy their spa experience.

2. Circulation: Isolate the Spa from direct access by non-spa users through
uncontrolled entries and exits.

3. Perimeter Access: Evaluate the spa perimeter access and provide the
appropriate access control.

4. Slip Resistance: Evaluate floor and stair finishes and provide the appropriate
level of slip resistance.

G. Environmental Control: In order to address a variety of spa guest preferences

and spa activities, design spa facilities (particularly treatment rooms) to permit
flexible settings for temperature, ventilation, lighting and audio systems.

H. Exterior Views: Whenever possible, exploit views to exterior courtyards,

landscape areas and scenic vistas. Consider integrating interior spaces with
exterior elements to relate the spa experience with natural light and nature.
Areas that may benefit from exterior views (subject to the privacy criteria noted
above) include:
• Spa Reception
• Corridors
• Wet Lounge (skylights)
• Waiting Areas
• Treatment Rooms (limited)
• Fitness / Wellness Areas
• Salon & Retail
• Food & Beverage Areas
• Employee Areas
• Administration

268 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 I. Lighting Design

1. Program: Artificial lighting design is a critical element of the spa atmosphere

that deserves the attention of a qualified lighting consultant. The lighting
design must be functional, energy efficient, flattering to spa guests and
supportive of the design concept and theme. Indirect lighting is desirable.

a. The light concept for spa areas supports light and color therapy.

b. Use of dimming systems allows flexibility for different lighting scenarios.

Provide dimmers for guest areas of the spa so they can be adjusted for
guest comfort.

c. Provide warm, frosted, colored bulbs to create a peaceful and serene

environment.

2. Lighting Specialist: It is important to use a lighting specialist when

choosing the lighting for the spa. Consider using LED lighting in guest areas
that deliver color choices and changes by area to deliver a unique spa
environment.

J. Interior Design Concept and Theme

1. Program: The spa interior design firm develops a Design Concept and
Theme as a result of the Market Analysis, Facilities Program and project
location. Design and detail the spa, and select materials and furnishings
consistent with the Design Concept and Theme. When possible, spa design
is incorporated into employee uniforms, treatments, branding, products and
signage.

2. Ambiance: Design the spa to convey an atmosphere of purposeful luxury and

elegant comfort to provide a stimulating “wow factor” and a relaxing
environment for spa guests. Simple is better than busy. Avoid clinical or
austere images and designs. Where possible, integrate natural beauty and
indigenous elements.

3. Spa Planning and Design Team: Coordinate the efforts of the entire team to
verify that the design concept and theme is faithfully integrated into every
aspect of the spa facility.

4. Finishes: The finish selections indicated in this Standard are intended to

define the minimum required, functional quality level for finishes. Coordinate
the finish selections with the spa design theme and select finishes of equal or
better quality. When finishes that are dependent on the substrate for success
are selected make certain that the substrate are appropriate for the
application.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 269
 4D.4 Space Planning

A. Purpose: This section defines the spa space planning criteria (location,
relationships, adjacencies) for the spa’s functional areas. The design criteria for
each functional area is included in subsequent sections of the Standard.

1. Program: The spa space planning criteria included in this section

assumes a full-service spa. This criteria must be customized to address the
spa’s project Facilities Program.

2. Hotel Coordination: Back-of-House, service and related spa functions

may be shared with an adjacent hotel. Adjust spa planning and program
accordingly.

3. Principles: Spa space planning goals include:

a. Creating excellence in service and operational efficiency. Optimize

space planning for revenues.

b. Providing the guest with a remarkable experience that is as

important to the overall guest experience as the treatments themselves.

c. Where appropriate, the design principles of feng shui to organize

space are utilized.

d. Spa “haven” elements engage customers from arrival to departure.

4. Ancillary Spaces: The space planning criteria in this section addresses

the major functional areas of the spa. Each functional area may include
ancillary spaces that do not influence space planning and are not included in
this section. Refer to the related facilities section for design criteria within the
functional area.

5. Spa Users: Spa planning addresses a variety of spa users as follows:

a. Hotel guests (all facilities)

b. Day spa guests

c. Fitness / Wellness Center (only) guests

d. Salon (only) guests (hotel & day use)

e. Spa Retail (only) (hotel & day use)

f. Membership guests

6. Space Planning Diagram

270 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 B. Spa Area Program: Consult the approved project Facilities Program, Spa Area
program and this Spa Design Standard to develop a project design program that
outlines the size and type of required spa facilities. As required by the approved
project Facilities Program, plan for the following facilities:
• Entrance Access
• Spa Reception
• Spa Retail
• Consultation / Concierge Office (if applicable)
• Administration Offices
• Reservations
• Salon
• Café
• Attendant Stations
• Lounge /Waiting Area
• Co-ed Lounge (Conservatory)
• Locker Rooms
• Toilets (Locker)
• Grooming
• Showers

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 271
 • Wet Lounge
• Treatment Rooms
• Dispensary
• Toilet (Treatment Area)
• Pantry • Circulation
• Equipment Room
• Audio Room
• Janitor Closet
• Toilets
• Employee Break Room
• Linen Staging
• Linen Closet
• Soiled Linens
• Storage Areas

4D.5 Entrance Access

A. Spa Access: Accommodate two routes (guest and day spa users) for access to
the spa.

1. Guest: Provide hotel guests with a clear relationship from the hotel Lobby
and elevators.

2. Day Use: Provide day guests with a clear route from the spa parking to spa
entrance.

3. Guests: Guests entering the haven of the spa facility enter into an area where
all guests are in robes and immersed in tranquility. Keeping these areas
separate from Fitness Center activities provides spa guests with exclusivity
and privacy.

4. Entry: Plan the spa with one main entry / exit to permit spa reception to
monitor and control access to spa facilities. If a secondary entry is required
(from parking, hotel, public, etc.), locate the entry to permit visual observation
and control by reception.

5. Weather Protection: Provide weather protection for spa guests when parking
facilities are located away from the hotel building.

B. Fitness Center: Spa Reception and Fitness Center Reception do not share a
common lobby entrance based on the following:

1. Fitness Centers: Require access by hotel guests 24 hours a day.

2. Spa and Spa Retail: Operate during daytime hours and must be secured at
night.

272 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 3. Atmosphere: Spa activities (passive) and Fitness Center activities
(active) are not compatible. Music, noise and guest activities are difficult to
integrate.

4. Fees: Fee structures for Spas and Fitness Center use are different and
require segregation of guests to control access.

4D.6 Spa Reception

A. Program: Provide a Reception lobby to welcome guests, to arrange

appointments and to serve as a control point for spa activities.

1. Image: As the heart of the spa, position the Reception to create a sense of
arrival; the first experiential element to the overall spa experience.

2. Orientation: The Spa Reception area serves as a lobby for related Retail,
Salon and Fitness facilities. Plan the lobby to provide clear and sequential
orientation to the related facilities while avoiding circulation conflicts.

3. Child Care: Consider providing access to a child activity center within

the adjacent hotel or a child care service using licensed / bonded agency.

4. Retail: Spa guests, arriving and especially leaving, must be visually exposed
to the retail opportunity. Include the retail Spa Shop with the reception
experience.

5. Service Circulation: Plan circulation to avoid service circulation through the

Reception area.

B. Size: See the Spa Area Program.

1. Proportional to the spa size and architecture.

2. Ceiling Height: 3.6 m (12 ft.) minimum.

C. Design:

1. Reception Desk: The Reception Desk is the focal point of the entrance
design unless it is deemed secondary to an architectural feature or prominent
view. Position the desk to permit spa reception to visually monitor and control
access to and from spa facilities. Provide easy access to move from behind
desk to assist guests.

2. Waiting: Provide a pleasant seating area for 2 to 4 guests, out of the main
circulation flow, for guests to wait for companions.

3. Doors: Consistent with the spa theme, design the entrance door to announce

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 273
 the spa theme and image through the use of lighting, graphics and
appropriate door material and trim. Provide glass panels to welcome and
promote exposure to spa guests.

D. Interior Design Requirements: Provide an immediate sense of arrival as guest

enters a unique and engaging environment. Provide a haven of relaxation with
soothing sounds of water and specialty wall and ceiling finishes. Design does not
follow the hotel interiors or atmosphere, it is a unique experience unto itself.
Guests must be aware they have entered into a haven, not an extension of the
hotel.

E. Reception Desk:

1. Configuration: Stand-up

2. Height: 1.2 m (3’-11”) at guest side; 0.9 m (3 ft.) at attendant side work
counter

3. Stations: 2 to 4 positions as programmed; varies with spa size, see the Spa
Area Program. Rule-of-Thumb; 1 station per 8 Treatment Rooms.

4. Equipment: Conceal equipment from guest view.

5. Computers: Recessed in counter. Height and visual level designed for ease
of use by employee.

6. Equipment: Computer, invoice printer, laser printer, Point of Sales, duress

alarm and indicators, telephones, sound system controls.

7. Counter and Front: Stone; wood; consistent with spa design theme.

8. Work Counter: Lockable cash drawers; drawers; adjustable shelves; lockable

storage cabinets; trash alcove; high-pressure laminate finish in color to match
millwork.

9. Floor Finish: Anti-fatigue; carpet with dense pad or built-in resilient flooring.

10.Safe Deposit Boxes: Provide as required by law and for guests that do not
wish to use private locker security.

F. Finishes: Provide consistent with spa theme:

1. Floor and Base: Wood or bamboo; stone; porcelain tile; carpet

2. Walls: Consistent with spa theme

3. Ceiling: Create an experiential design element in the ceiling.

G. Lighting:

1. General: Ample, warm light

274 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 2. Daylight: Use when possible

3. Features: Highlight special features

4. Reception Desk: Task lighting

5. Ceiling: Integrate with coffers, skylights and features.

H. Utilities:

1. Data port, telephone, P.O.S. Multiple under counter duplexes, grommet from
top to hide cords.

2. Duress alarm indicator

3. Audio: Central music system and controls

4. Lighting controls

4D.7 Spa Retail

A. The Spa Retail Opportunity: Spa Retail component is a key revenue

generating department of the spa facility. Retain the services of a retail
consultant to design for optimum display and sales. Retail provides an
opportunity to augment spa sales but, more importantly from the spa guest’s
point of view, the retail component is a critical feature of the spa experience and
permits the following:

1. Spa guests can extend the spa experience beyond their departure
through the purchase and use of spa products.

2. Spa guests can share the spa experience with others through the
purchase of spa products and logo items.

3. Spa retail can generate interest in spa services, increase profits and
extend the Spa Brand.

B. Retail Strategy and Design Criteria: The development of retail strategy and
design criteria for each spa requires a market analysis that evaluates a variety of
factors.

1. Retail Strategy: Evaluate the following:

a. Customer demographics

b. Spa size, location and theme

c. Competition

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 275
 d. Hotel size and type

e. Adjacent retail outlets

f. Commissioned sales by attendants

g. Product selection and ability to test product

h. Mail order potential

2. Design Criteria: Determined by:

a. Retail Strategy defined above

b. Optimum space utilization

c. Retail location – contiguous / adjacent to Reception Desk

d. Points of sales (shop, reception, treatment area)

e. Finish Level

C. Retail Review and Approvals: In order to avoid operational and visual conflicts
with the hotel, submit the following retail program features and obtain MI
approval.

1. Retail market study

2. Retail concept and merchandising

3. Retail location

4. Retail design

a. Entrance and storefront design

b. Graphics and signage

c. Interior and lighting design

d. Cash Wrap Desk (cash / wrap / support)

D. Retail Outlets: Consist of one or a combination of the following retail facilities:

1. Reception Lobby Display

2. Spa Shop (dedicated)

3. Treatment Room Display

E. Reception Lobby Display

1. Program: The minimum retail program offers spa products and a line of logo
products and lotions in cabinet or wall displays in an accessible Lobby
location.

2. Space Planning:

276 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 a. Locate the retail display in a visually prominent location in the traffic path
between the entrance and locker.

b. If integrating retail displays with the Reception Desk provide a separate

retail P.O.S. Station.

c. Storage: Locate retail product inventory stock in a lockable storage area

near the display and managed by the Reception Desk attendant.

d. Sales: Sales transactions are typically managed at a sales counter near

the retail display. At small retail displays, sales transactions may be
managed at the Reception Desk by the attendant.

3. Size: Display: as required by retail strategy & design criteria.

4. Features:

a. Wall and floor display cabinets, counter and shelves.

b. Freestanding retail displays with hanging and folded displays.

c. Lockable Storage: Integrate with retail display; generally in lower cabinets

below 46 cm (18 inch) above floor.

5. Finishes: Consistent with lobby interior design.

6. Lighting:

a. Display - within (recessed) millwork and shelving.

b. Accent lighting to light areas and fixtures.

c. Low-voltage lighting delivers best impact for retail display.

d. P.O.S. Station: Provide feature / accent lighting – recessed without cords,

cables or wires exposed to guest’s view.

7. Point of Sales: At Display or Reception Desk. <13A>

F. Spa Shop

1. Program: At larger spas, provide a dedicated retail shop as a spa amenity

that offers spa products, logo products, gifts and apparel as an extension of
the spa experience.

2. Space Planning:

a. Locate the Spa Shop contiguous with or adjacent to the Spa Reception to
expose arriving and, particularly, departing guests to the retail
opportunity.

b. Integrate the Salon and related retail to leverage retail exposure and to

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 277
 provide a more varied retail experience.

c. When the Spa Shop is contiguous with the Reception Lobby, to fully
integrate spa and retail activities, provide a lockable storefront to secure
merchandise when the Spa Shop closes prior to the spa.

d. Locate the Point of Sales Station in a location that provides visual

observation and control of the shop.

e. Service: Ideally, provide direct access (out of guest view) to service

corridor for product delivery, such as UPS, etc.

3. Size: As required by the retail strategy and design criteria. See the Spa Area
Program.

4. Retail Program: A typical retail program includes the following retail products:
• Treatment and skin care products supporting the spa menu
• Apparel
• Gifts
• Accessories

5. Design Features:
• Folded and hanging apparel; hanging displays
• Point of Sales Station
• Storage (cabinets) integrated into retail display
• Storefront (lockable) with ample windows or display areas to provide
exposure to spa guests

6. Dressing Room: Resort market segment

a. Location: Near Cash Wrap area to permit convenient sales assistance

and to permit passive observation of Dressing Room use.

b. Size: Meet Americans with Disabilities requirements.

c. Mirror: Full length

d. Seating: Bench or chair

e. Clothes Hooks: Required

f. Door: With privacy latch

g. Lighting: Warm, 2700K

h. HVAC: Provide proper temperature control and ventilation at dressing

room.

7. Cash Wrap Desk: Provide to support retail transactions and manage

customer activity. Provide the following:

278 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 a. Design: Similar to Spa Reception.

b. Location: Position to provide visual observation and control of the shop

and to provide guest service impact. Allow employee to face the guest
upon entry.

c. Computer (conceal from direct guest view).

d. P.O.S. Station with printer, card swipe, cash drawer, barcode scanner
(recessed, conceal from direct guest view)

e. Telephone

f. Counter for wrapping and bagging products at 90 cm (36 inch) height.

g. Audio controls (unless in office)

h. Lighting controls (unless in office)

i. Keep cash wrap supplies such as trash, bags, boxes, tissue and office
supplies hidden from the guest.

8. Retail Supervisor Office and Storage: Provide a desk work station at the retail
shop for activities associated with managing the spa retail programs and
storing inventory.

a. Size: 15% of retail area with a minimum of 5.6 m² (60 sq. ft.). Additional
locked storage is typically required for bulk deliveries and mail order
operations (if provided).

b. Features: Provide the following:

• Desk; chair; file cabinet
• Computer with printer
• Telephone and fax

9. Spa Shop - Finishes: Consistent with the retail strategy, design criteria, spa
theme and adjacent public circulation area.

10.Lighting: Essential for merchandising. Coordinate retail display, feature /

decorative and general lighting with interior design.

a. Dimmers: Provide lighting on dimmers to provide flexibility for retail

displays and time of day.

b. Retail Lighting: Avoid bright back lighting that places retail products in
shadow.

c. Controls: Locate lighting controls behind the desk or in the office. Do not
locate in public areas or within display walls.

d. Task & Feature Lighting: Provide feature lighting and task lighting over

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 279
 the register area.

11.Utilities:

a. Point of Sales: At sales counter 13>

b. Telephone: <13A>

c. Computer: <13A>

d. Audio / Visual: Provide background music. <13B>

G. Treatment Room

1. Program: If included in the Retail Strategy, a limited selection of spa products

may be displayed in the Treatment Room wall cabinets (glass front) or on the
counter for direct sales potential by the spa attendant.

4D.8 Consultation / Concierge Office

A. Program: When applicable, provide a private office or alcove for spa concierge to
discuss spa services and programs. Relate the size and extent of the facility to
the potential revenue increase the area can generate.

1. Location: Position near Reception Desk to permit use as remote check-in or

information contact during peak use and to accommodate both male and
female guests.

2. Reception Desk: Locate with visual access to Reception Desk to permit

shared use of personnel when necessary and to allow spa attendants
immediate access to a private office to discuss personal and private issues
with spa guests.

B. Consultation Office (option): When applicable, provide a private office or private

alcove for spa consultation to evaluate spa guests and to discuss spa services
and programs.

1. Size: See the Spa Area Program.

2. Design:

a. FF&E: Desk and two or three chairs.

b. Computer and printer: For reviewing spa schedules and programs with
spa guests.

c. Storage: Provide a cabinet or shelving unit to store and exhibit spa

marketing and program information.

3. Finishes:

280 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 a. Floor: Wood or bamboo, carpet, stone

b. Base: Wood, stone; coordinate to match flooring.

c. Walls: Paint, wallcovering

d. Ceiling: Painted gypsum board

4. Lighting: Combination of desk lamp, decorative wall sconces, picture lights

and ceiling down lights.

5. Utilities:

a. Computer: See <13A>.

b. Telephone: See Chapter <13A>.

C. Concierge Office (option): When applicable, provide an enclosed office for the
spa concierge station and related information and brochures. Typical front of
house office setup.

1. Size: See the Spa Area Program.

2. Design:

a. Concierge Desk: Counter or desk with drawers; chair

b. Storage: Base cabinets, counter space, wall cabinets and storage units.
All with adjustable shelves and lockable doors to secure equipment and
supplies.

3. Finishes:

a. Floor: Wood or bamboo, carpet

b. Base: Wood, stone; coordinate to match flooring

c. Walls: Paint, wallcovering

d. Ceiling: Painted gypsum board

4. Lighting: Downlights; task lights, decorative lamp at desk.

5. Utilities:

a. Data: Computer and printer; see 13A >.

b. Telephone: Desk; see Chapter <13A>.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 281
 4D.9 Administration Offices

A. Program: Staffing levels and responsibilities vary based on spa type, size,
location and services offered. Staffing and administration functions (security
housekeeping, accounting, engineering and maintenance) may be shared with
the hotel or outsourced. Adjust the administrative program accordingly.

B. Location:

1. Spa Reception: If space is available, locate the Administrative Offices

near Spa Reception to permit passive observation of spa activities, to assist
with customer relation issues and to assist with reception activities during
peak check-in periods. Administration Offices are Front-of-House.

2. Suite: When possible, plan the Administrative Offices as a consolidated

suite of offices to facilitate communications and to share equipment, facilities
and staff.

3. Entrance: The entrance to Administrative Offices does not require direct

exposure to spa guests and should not be featured as an element of the Spa
Reception.

4. Divided Suite: If it is not possible to locate Administrative Offices in one suite,

group functions as follows:

a. Spa Director; Assistant / Reception

b. Spa Managers; Retail Manager

c. Reservations Director; Reservation Staff

d. Remote Locations: Locate administrative functions as close as possible

to spa functions. If Administrative Offices are located on a different level,
provide stairs and elevator service to provide management with
convenient access to spa facilities.

C. Size:

1. Initial Planning: Allow 5% of the spa area for administration, subject to the
administrative program variables listed above. Verify with the Spa Area
Program.

2. Ceiling Height: 2.4 m ( 8 ft.)

D. Finishes: Spa guests may visit the Administrative Offices. At a minimum, the
Administrative Reception and Spa Director’s Office finishes should reflect the
front-of-house décor.

282 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 1. Floors: Carpet

2. Walls: Painted

3. Ceiling: Acoustical tile

E. Lighting – General: Combination of ceiling fluorescent and accent lights,

supplemented with task lights.

F. Technology - General:

1. Computer Workstation: At each desk

2. Telephone: At each desk

G. Director: Provide an enclosed office to accommodate confidential conversations,

small meetings and management activities. Front of House setup.

1. Space Planning: Near entrance of suite.

2. Size: See the Spa Area Program.

3. FF&E:

a. Desk; chair; file cabinet

b. Conference table (small); 4 chairs

H. Assistant / Reception: Provide a desk and reception area to perform

administrative duties and receive guests and employees.

1. Space Planning: Adjacent to Spa Director’s office

2. Size: See the Spa Area Program.

3. FF&E:

a. Desk; chair; file cabinets; bookcase

b. Reception chairs (2 minimum) small table

I. Marketing Coordinator: Provide an enclosed office as required by the

management plan. Generally, the office is required at spas of 1000 m² (10,000
sq. ft.) and larger.

1. Space Planning: Locate near Spa Director and Reservations.

2. Size: See the Spa Area Program.

3. FF&E:

a. Desk; chair; file cabinet

b. Guest chair; bookcase

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 283
 c. Layout table

J. Managers: Provide open office workstations for activities associated with

managing spa programs and purchasing. Quantity of stations is dictated by the
management plan. Typically requires 2 to 4 positions but larger spas may require
more.

1. Size: See the Spa Area Program.

2. FF&E:

a. Desk; chair; file cabinet

b. Computer; printers

c. Acoustical furniture partitions

K. Reservations: Provide office with 3 to 6 workstations to accommodate

reservation agents activities of booking advanced reservations by telephone, fax
and Internet. Reservations are the “heartbeat” of spa driving revenues.

1. Space Planning: Stations: For initial planning, assume one reservation

station + one reservation station for every 8 Treatment Rooms (ex. 16
Treatment Rooms = 3 stations).

2. Location:

a. Locate near the Spa Reception desk to permit sharing information and
sharing staff with Reception during peak check-in periods.

b. Locate near the Spa Manager or Marketing Coordinator.

c. Position so that entrance to Administrative Offices does not require

guests to walk through the Reservation area.

d. Locate in an enclosed office or in an acoustically isolated area to permit

reservation agents to talk to spa guests without distractions from adjacent
office activities.

e. Locate adjacent to administrative work center to permit immediate access

to computer printer and fax. If not possible, provide a dedicated computer
printer and fax at the Reservation area.

f. If possible (or required by law) provide exterior views and natural

light for the benefit of agents.

3. Size: See the Spa Area Program.

4. Features: Provide the following at each station:

a. Chair: Ergonomic office chair for the long term comfort of the agent.
Equip chair with caster wheels, high back, height adjustable, adjustable
arm rests, upholster seat and back.

284 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 b. Work Station: Counter height; 71 cm (28 inch). Keyboard height: 62
cm (24 inch). Provide acoustical baffles between station positions at a
minimum.

c. Computer system

d. File Cabinet and Drawers: Lockable for reference materials.

e. Telephone: Automatic Call Distribution (ACD) similar to hotel reservations

- see <13A>. Provide additional phones for confirmation and operational
calls.

f. Bulletin Board: Wall mounted for notices at common area.

g. Clock: Wall mounted in common area with power outlet. Consider

atomic clocks throughout spa.

L. Support Areas:

1. Work Center: Provide a counter for centrally locating office equipment

and facilities for use by the administrative group.

a. Space Planning:
• Centrally located for access by administrative group.
• If administrative areas are divided, facilities may need to be duplicated
in each area.

b. Size: See the Spa Area Program.

c. FF&E:
• Counter: 0.9 m (3 ft.) height; high-pressure laminate
• Cabinets: Base and wall for storage; wood
• Copier, FAX, Printer
• Coffee station

2. Storage Closet: Provide a lockable enclosed storage closet to store and

secure office supplies, equipment and printed materials.

a. Size: See the Spa Area Program.

b. Provide shelving.

3. Server Room: Provide an enclosed, secure room for the computer and audio
server. See <13B>.

a. Size: Verify based on equipment size and clearances.

4. Finishes:

a. Floor: Vinyl composition tile (static resistant)

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 285
 b. Base: Resilient base

c. Walls: Painted

d. Ceiling: Accessible acoustical tile

4D.10 Spa Salon

A. The Spa Salon: If required by the project Facilities Program, provide a chic,
tranquil and hip salon experience, reflecting an upbeat atmosphere. Design salon
as a lock out business within the spa to serve as a leased out salon if necessary.

B. The Spa Salon Opportunity: The salon component of the spa facility
provides an opportunity to augment spa sales. More importantly, from the spa
guest’s point of view, the salon component provides spa guests with the
opportunity to enhance their appearance and enjoy personal grooming services.
A spa and spa salon can mutually benefit from cross traffic and should be
designed and located accordingly. Refer to the “Spa Functional Flow Chart”.
Locate the Salon adjacent to or near the spa reception area.

C. Salon Strategy and Design Criteria: The development of a salon service strategy
and design criteria for each spa requires a market analysis that evaluates a
variety of factors. Utilize a Salon Designer that is experienced with salon
operations and design.

1. Salon Service Strategy: Evaluate the following:

a. Spa Size

b. Spa location and theme

c. Competition

d. Hotel size and type

e. Adjacent retail outlets

f. Management (by hotel, spa or concession)

g. Financials

2. Design Criteria: Determined by:

a. Salon Strategy defined above

b. Space available

c. Salon location

286 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 d. Point of Sales (display window, reception, counter)

3. Concessions: If salon services are intended to be provided by a third

party, integrate concession design criteria in the facility plan as early as
possible.

D. Salon Review and Approvals: In order to avoid operational and visual conflicts
with the spa and hotel, submit the following Salon program features and obtain
approval.

1. Salon market study

2. Salon concept and merchandising

3. Salon location

4. Salon design

a. Entrance & storefront design

b. Graphics and signage

c. Interior and lighting design

E. Spa Space Planning:

1. Circulation: The net areas listed for salon functions do not include general
circulation areas required to circulate between functions.

2. Entrance: Locate adjacent to Spa Reception to promote the Salon as a spa

amenity. The Spa, Spa Retail and Salon mutually benefit from cross traffic.

3. Locker Access: Provide direct access from the Women’s Locker / Relaxation
to the Salon so that women in their robes do not have to walk through the
Spa Reception area to enter the Salon.

4. Exterior Entrance: The Salon may benefit from a “street” exposure, if

available.

5. Locate separate from the Spa Treatment areas.

6. Men & Women Areas: Provide separate areas for men when required by
market or culture.

F. Salon Spaces: Consist of a combination of the following salon facilities:

• Salon Entry
• Salon Reception & Retail Display
• Office (option)
• Styling / Cutting Stations
• Barber Stations (optional)
• Processing Stations

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 287
 • Shampoo Stations
• Makeup Stations
• Salon Dispensary
• Linen Storage
• Dressing Room
• Toilet
• Manicure Stations
• Nail Drying Stations
• Pedicure Stations
• Hospitality Station

G. Salon Entry: Consistent with the spa design concept, provide an inviting salon
entrance which promotes the salon as an amenity to the spa experience. Provide
a chic, tranquil and hip salon experience reflecting an upbeat atmosphere.

1. Space Planning:

a. Spa Reception: Typically, position the Salon Entry adjacent to or

within the Spa Reception to promote the salon as a spa amenity and to
increase retail exposure. For small spa facilities, the spa reception desk
can manage the salon, eliminating the need for a second desk in the
salon.

b. Exterior Entry: Generally, the salon will benefit from “street”

exposure, if available in urban areas. Typically, avoid locations where the
entrance is difficult to locate.

c. Women’s Locker Access: Since a majority of salon guests are women,

provide convenient access to the Salon Entry from the women’s locker (a
private entrance is ideal).

d. Retail Exposure: Consider positioning the Salon Entry adjacent to

hotel or public circulation if dictated by the Salon Service Strategy.

e. Odors: Locate, design and equip the Salon to prevent hair care and
grooming odors from migrating into the spa or other occupied areas. At a
minimum, maintain the Salon ventilation system with negative pressure
and exhaust to the exterior, remote from spa exterior facilities.

2. Size: Entrance and Retail Display; as required by retail strategy & design
criteria.

3. Finishes: Chic yet elegant, include use of curved walls and upscale finishes.

4. Lighting: Provide accent lighting to feature entry and retail products. Salon
lighting is critical to operations and service delivery.

H. Salon Reception: Provide a comfortable reception area for greeting salon guests,

288 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 for waiting guests and for sales transactions.

1. Space Planning:

a. Position adjacent to the Salon Entry. Reception Desk is the focal point of
the area.

b. Salon Retail: A retail display, integrated with the Reception area design,
offers salon guests an inviting opportunity to passively shop for salon
products while waiting.

2. Size: As required by the salon service strategy and design criteria.

3. Design Features: Provide a smaller version of Spa Reception desk.

a. Reception Desk: Typically sized for one receptionist station. Provide

Point of Sales (P.O.S.) station; cash drawer; computer for appointments.
Integrate equipment into desk to conceal equipment from direct view of
guest.

b. Chairs or Banquette: Provide for waiting guests.

c. Hospitality Station: Provide complimentary coffee / tea / water at built-in

alcove or counter; provide small refrigerator.

d. Retail Display: Counter, shelves and lockable cabinets.

4. Finishes: Consistent with the salon strategy and spa design concept.

5. Lighting: Retail display, decorative and general lighting for waiting guests.
Coordinate type with interior design concept.

6. Facility Systems:

a. Computer: PMS to track appointments (typically a spa software

application).

b. Point of Sales: At Reception Desk integrate with SpaSoft Systems spa

software.

c. Telephone: <13A>

d. Audio / Visual: Ceiling speakers with volume / channel control. If salon is

a concession, audio system may serve the salon only.

I. Office: At larger salons, provide a dedicated salon manager’s office. If the salon
is a concession, provide a small office for salon management activities.

J. Styling / Cutting Stations: Provide dedicated, upscale and private (away from
public circulation) work stations for stylists to cut and style guest’s hair; utilize
services of Salon Designers to develop the design.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 289
 1. Size: 4.6 m² (50 sq. ft.) net per station.

2. Millwork: Provide with the following design features:

a. Cabinet: Provide Lockable cabinet and drawers to store stylist equipment.

Design to house all equipment electrical cords out of guest view and with
ease of reach for stylists. Stations designed by interior design firm.

b. Coordination: Coordinate with styling station millwork to house stylists

equipment, hidden from guest view, but easy for stylists use.

c. Electrical Plugs: Provide 2 quad outlets for hair dryers, curling irons, etc.
hidden from view with cord grommets through millwork. Design to avoid
contact between hot equipment and electrical cords.

3. Features:

a. Design: The Styling / Cutting Station design (and related stations) is an

important element of the salon design and is consistent with the spa
concept.

b. Chair: Adjustable styling chair (floor outlets if electric).

c. Counter: 91 cm (3 ft.) high for stylist equipment.

d. Mirror: Position wall mirror at approximately 75 cm (30 inch) above floor

to provide full view of guest from the chair.

e. Lights: Plan designed specifically for hair color and cutting at each
station. Decorative, incandescent lights.

f. Vacuum System: Under station vacuum system specifically for hair

stations.

4. Finishes: Consistent with the salon design concept.

a. Floor: Hard surface for ease in cleaning cut hair; resilient (such as
laminate wood with resilient cushion) for the long-term comfort of
standing stylist.

5. Lighting: Decorative and general lighting to accent skin tones.

a. The quality, quantity and position of lighting are important. Specific for
salon applications, providing stylists with excellent lighting to perform
services.

b. Generally, use three light sources per station to avoid harsh shadows on
guests.

6. Utilities:

a. Electric Outlets: Three duplex outlets (6 plugs), dedicated to each station

290 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 and on separate heavy-duty circuit based on wattage calculations.
Required at counter for stylist equipment. Consider height, access and
equipment cord lengths.

b. Audio / Visual: Ceiling speakers with central volume control <13B>.

K. Gentlemen’s Barber Stations (option): Similar to Styling / Cutting Stations above.

L. Processing Stations (option): Provide dedicated seating stations with hair dryers
for drying guest’s hair.

1. Space Planning:

a. Position away from Styling / Cutting Stations for privacy.

b. Typically located near Color / Chemical Stations.

2. Size: 4.6 m² (50 sq. ft.) net per station

3. Features:

a. Chairs: Provide for guests.

b. Millwork: Similar to Styling / Cutting Station.

c. Hair Dryer: Portable

d. Reading Material: Stand, rack or table.

4. Finishes: Consistent with the salon strategy and spa design concept.

5. Lighting: General lighting (for reading) for waiting guests.

M. Shampoo Stations: Provide dedicated seating stations for washing and treating
guest’s hair.

1. Space Planning:

a. Position: Position adjacent to Preparation Room where hair care

treatments are prepared.

b. Typically positioned in a secondary location with Preparation Room and

Drying Stations to manage noise and odors associated with hair care
treatments.

c. Natural Light: Providing daylight in hair care and coloring areas is

beneficial.

d. Clearances: Provide a minimum of 24 inches at the rear and sides of

wash bowl to permit attendant to wash hair or perform massage
treatments.

e. Do not exceed 0.9 m (36 inches) from rear counter to wash bowl since

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 291
 greater distances require inefficient circulation between the bowl and
counter.

2. Size: 5.5 m² (60 sq. ft.) net per station.

3. Features:

a. Chairs: Provide a comfortable, adjustable chair that provides proper head

and neck angle and leg support for guests.

b. Wash Basins: Designed for hair washing with hot and cold water and
drain.

c. Counter: for managing hair care products and utensils that is not visible
to guests but accessible to stylists.

d. Millwork: Similar to Styling / Cutting; closed cabinets for towel storage;

locks at cabinets.

e. Towel Storage: Provide concealed hamper for soiled towels with easy
access for disposal. Provide cabinets above hamper for clean towels.
Stations are private and separate with draping or alcove.

4. Finishes: Consistent with the salon strategy and spa design concept.

a. Floor and Base: Hard surface for ease in cleaning hair care product spills;
resilient for the long-term comfort of stylist.

b. Ceiling: Exercise care in design since guests view ceiling during the hair
washing process.

5. Lighting:

a. Avoid ceiling lighting directly above guests who view the ceiling during
the hair washing process.

b. Avoid spot or harsh lighting directed at guests’ faces.

c. Lighting focused on the hair washing activity is recommended to permit

stylist to gauge the hair coloring process.

6. Utilities:

a. Water: Hot and cold with mixing valve and flex hose.

b. Drain: Piped to waste line

c. Ventilation: Provide to control hair treatment chemicals.

d. Electric: Provide one duplex outlet (GFIC) for appliances and equipment.

N. Makeup Stations: If required in the project Spa Area Program, provide an

upscale and private (away from public circulation) makeup station for application
of makeup to salon guests by stylists.

292 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 1. Millwork: Similar to Styling / Cutting Station. Designed by interior design firm.
Include proper drawers, slides for hair dryers, curling irons, etc. Use cord
management system to hide and organize cords.

2. Counter: 96 to 102 cm (38 to 40 inch) high

3. Chair: High chair / stool for guest (stylist standing)

4. Mirror: Wall mounted

5. Lighting: Lighting quantity, quality and position is important. Provide lighting

on dimmers. Side lighting reduces shadows; warm color for good skin tone.

6. Daylight is beneficial.

O. Salon Dispensary: Provide an enclosed work area to store hair care products and
equipment and to prepare hair care solutions. Small kitchen setup.

1. Space Planning: Locate adjacent to Shampoo Station where hair care

products are utilized.

2. Size: 1.8 m² (20 sq. ft.) net per station

3. Features:

a. Counter: High pressure laminate

b. Shelving and Cabinets: For storing equipment and supplies, provide open
wall shelving, and base and wall cabinets with lockable doors and
drawers.

c. Sink: Stainless steel, two compartment with hot and cold water and
mixing valve.

d. Electric Outlets: For countertop equipment; Provide a minimum of 4

duplex outlets; provide at least one duplex outlet for every 2 feet of
counter; locate on wall or below counter with grommets for cords.

e. Computer Workstation: To monitor treatment schedules.

f. Telephone: Required

g. Lighting: Under cabinet task lighting

h. Refrigerator and microwave

4. Finishes: Consistent with the salon strategy and spa design concept.

a. Floor and Base: Vinyl composition tile

b. Walls: Semi-gloss paint

c. Ceiling: Painted or acoustical tile

5. Lighting: Fluorescent ceiling light and under cabinet task lighting

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 293
 P. Linen Storage: Provide a closet or room to manage clean and soiled towels and
linens.

Q. Dressing Room: Provide private area where salon guests can remove clothing,
that could be damaged by hair care treatments, and change to a robe or drape.

1. Space Planning:

a. Position near Styling / Cutting and Shampoo Stations.

b. At larger salons, two rooms may be required.

c. If the Salon is immediately adjacent to locker rooms, the locker

room may serve as the dressing room for women.

2. Size: Plan for accessibility for the disabled.

3. Features:

a. Chair or Bench: For guests to sit when removing clothes.

b. Robe hooks; Closet bar; Hangers

c. Mirror: full length

d. Door: With privacy lock.

4. Finishes: Consistent with the salon strategy and spa design concept.

5. Lighting: General ceiling fixtures to produce subtle lighting.

R. Toilet: Provide dedicated salon toilet room if toilet facilities are not immediately
available at an adjacent area.

1. At small salons, Dressing and Toilet area may be combined.

S. Manicure Stations: Provide dedicated stations for attendants performing hand

and fingernail grooming activities on guests. Manicure stations are designed by
the project interior design firm.

1. Space Planning: Typically, centrally located in the salon or positioned

as a feature activity to attract guests. If artificial nail service is considered (not
recommended) a separate room with dedicated exhaust is required.

2. Size: 4.7 m² (50 sq. ft.) net per station.

3. Features:

a. Chair: For guests

b. Chair: For attendant

c. Manicure Table: Mobile with task light

294 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 d. Manicurist Service Stations: Provide a work area for manicurist to store
supplies, wash their hands and clean equipment. The service station may
also be organized as a continuous counter adjacent to the manicurist’s
work stations.
• Counter: High pressure laminate
• Base and Wall Cabinets: For storing equipment and supplies.
• Sink: Select finish and materials compatible with Interior Design; one
compartment sink with hot and cold water and mixing valve.
• Lighting: Under cabinet task lighting
• Electric Outlets: For countertop equipment; one quad outlet above
counter and two quads outlets below counter with grommets for cords.

4. Finishes: Consistent with the salon strategy and spa design concept.

a. Floor: Hard surface for ease in clean up of nail care products; resilient for
the long-term comfort of attendants.

5. Lighting:

a. Enhance skin tones. No direct lighting over guest’s heads at nail stations.

b. Task lighting to provide quality service.

6. Utilities:

a. Audio / Visual: Sidewall mounted (no ceiling type) speakers with volume
control <13B>.

b. Electrical Outlets: For mobile manicure cart and at counter. Provide floor
quad outlets at each manicure station and locate based on equipment
configuration and design program. At Manicure Service Station, see
above.

c. Ventilation: Provide to control nail polish materials.

T. Pedicure Stations: Provide semiprivate dedicated stations for attendants

performing foot grooming activities. Utilize the latest in sanitation technology /
equipment and cleaning practices.

1. Space Planning: Typically, located in a secondary area of the salon for

privacy and acoustical control.

2. Size: 6 m² (64 sq. ft.) net per station, minimum.

3. Features:

a. Pedicure Throne: Raised guest chair designed for the comfort of the
guest and positioned for the comfort of the attendant. Provided with foot
basin, hot and cold water, drain and electric power.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 295
 b. Pedicure thrones can be either purchased as a unit or custom
designed as a raised seating area with custom foot bath incorporated into
the design.

c. Chair: For service provider.

d. Privacy Partitions: Provide moveable partitions or ceiling mounted

curtains between each station to allow a degree of privacy or permit
friends to enjoy the activity together.

e. Task Light: At foot bath area.

f. Pedicurist Service Station: Provide a small, centrally located work area

for pedicurist to store supplies, wash their hands and clean equipment.
Space is shared with nail technician work station.
• Size: 1.5 m (5 ft.) length minimum
• At small salons, Service Station can be shared by manicure and
pedicure.
• Counter: High-pressure laminate finish if out of view of guests. Provide
granite counter if part of the guest experience.
• Base and Wall Cabinets: For storing equipment and supplies.
• Sink: Stainless steel if out of view of guest, otherwise granite if part of
the guest experience. Provide one compartment sink with hot and cold
water, and mixing valve.
• Lighting: Under cabinet task lighting. Do not place ceiling light fixtures
directly over guest in pedicure chair.
• Electric Outlets: For countertop equipment.

4. Finishes: Consistent with the salon strategy and spa design concept.

a. Floor: Hard surface for ease in clean up; resilient for the long-term
comfort of the attendant.

5. Lighting:

a. Provide on dimmers to enhance skin tones. Locate to permit reading at

throne without shining directly into guest’s eyes when reclined.

b. Properly placed task lighting is imperative to provide quality service.

6. Utilities:

a. Water: Hot and cold at pedicure throne and sink.

b. Drain: For pedicure throne foot basin and sink.

c. Electric: Dedicated electrical outlets at each pedicure station / pedicure

throne.

296 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 d. Audio / Visual: Ceiling speakers with channel / volume control <13B>.

U. Hospitality Station: Provide a counter to offer salon guests a choice of

beverages.

1. Centrally locate, typically at Salon Reception.

2. Provide cabinet with 2 drawers and shelves and small refrigerator below.
Include trash drop.

4D.11 Café (option)

A. Program: The Spa Food & Beverage Program outlines the types, sizes and
locations of the food and beverage facilities. Typically, the spa food and
beverage offers spa guests a customized menu of food and beverage items that
focus on health and wellness themes.

1. Menu: Freshly prepared food and beverage items focused on health and
wellness.

2. Kitchen: If required, design support kitchen for self-sufficient operation during

service hours. See <10>.

3. Cooking Classes: Consider providing as a guest activity. A counter or bar

between the dining and kitchen area can support interactive food preparation
activities.

4. Seating: durable; to accommodate spa guests and possibly wet bathing suit
contact.

5. Space Planning:

a. Spa Reception: Provide direct access from Spa Reception but with the
ability to secure the area during off hours. Position and design entrance
to avoid congestion and provide acoustic separation from the Spa
Reception.

b. Seating Area: Position to benefit from exterior views, natural light and
adjacent exterior areas.

c. Exterior: Where climate and location permits, provide seating at exterior

terraces or decks.

d. Hotel: Evaluate positioning spa food and beverage facilities with hotel
access to benefit from hotel, spa and spa membership patronage.

e. Service: Provide back-of-house access for food service from the hotel

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 297
 kitchen.

6. Finishes: Consistent with spa interior design.

7. Lighting: General and accent lighting <15C>. Dimmer controlled.

8. Utilities: Point of Sales at service counters.

4D.12 Attendant Station - Men & Women

A. Program: Provide a separate Attendant Counter for men and women positioned
as dedicated vestibules to the related locker area after spa guests check-in at
Spa Reception. At small spas, one common facility may be appropriate.

B. Location:

1. Attendant Counter: Provide a counter and related storage area to greet spa
guests, program their activities, assign lockers and outfit them with
accessories not already provided in the locker prior to entering the locker
area.

2. Lounge / Waiting Area: The Attendant counter may be positioned

adjacent to the Relaxation area to permit the attendant to passively supervise
the Relaxation area.

3. Private Circulation: The Attendant area serves as the entrance or

vestibule to the Locker area. Plan space to insure visual privacy of the Locker
area.

4. Privacy: Position Attendant area to avoid views into locker areas where
guests are undressed and Relaxation areas where guests are sitting.

5. Service Circulation: Locate Attendant area adjacent to common service

circulation to permit access by staff for service and supplies. Verify corridor
widths.

6. Private Service Circulation: Consider providing a private passage for male

and female attendants to permit common support and stocking of supplies
and linens.

C. Size: Determined by the anticipated guest traffic and treatments.

D. Attendant Counter:

1. Height: Stand up height; 1.2 m (3'-11"); work surface at 0.9 m (3’-0”).

2. Counter: Provide length for one or two attendants to distribute materials and
fold towels and linens. Design to permit attendant to “walk-thru” counter or
adjacent door to assist guests.

298 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 3. Cabinet Storage: Provide ample below counter lockable drawers and cabinet
storage with adjustable shelves for securing spa supplies and computer
equipment.

4. Computer Station: Desktop and one network printer; to track appointments.

5. Locker Management System: Provide electronic locks for lockers.

6. Safety Deposit Box: Provide within lockers, otherwise provide separate

deposit boxes at Reception.

7. Lighting: Task lighting and decorative wall or ceiling lights.

E. Design:

1. Storage: Provide shelving, cubicles or closed cabinets to store or display

towels, robes, slippers and other accessories distributed by the spa attendant
to spa guests.

2. Locate storage immediately adjacent to attendant counter for control by

attendant.

3. Integrate artwork, spa logo or other features with the space design.

F. Finishes:

1. Floor: Carpet or resilient floor material for the long-term comfort of spa
attendant.

2. Walls: Ceramic tile; paint; vinyl wallcovering

3. Ceiling: Paint or acoustical tile

G. Utilities:

1. Computer, see Chapter <13A>.

2. P.O.S.: If required; see <13A>.

3. Telephone: see <13B>.

4. Audio: Central, remote control of sound system in lounge and locker areas;
see <13B>.

5. Duress Alarm Indicator: See <16>.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 299
 4D.13 Storage

A. Program: Provide a storage area to accommodate bulk storage of spa supplies

(towels, robes, slippers, etc.) required by the spa attendant station and general
spa equipment, supplies and accessories for grooming and locker area.

B. Planning: Adjacent to Attendant Station to conveniently resupply station and to

passively supervise access to the room.

C. Size: At small spa – large closet. At larger spa – based on spa operations.

D. Design Features:

1. Shelving: For towels, robes, slippers and equipment

2. Door: Lockable

3. Security: Provide solid ceiling or walls to underside of structure above to

deter theft.

E. Finishes:

1. Floor & Base: Vinyl tile

2. Walls: Painted

3. Ceiling: Painted or acoustical tile

4D.14 Lounge / Waiting Area – Men & Women

A. Program: Provide one quiet area for men and one for women where guests can
relax before and after spa treatments and activities. Spa treatment attendants
greet guests in the Lounge / Waiting Area and escort the guests to the
appropriate Treatment Room. The Lounge must provide privacy and sound
control from all other areas.

B. Space Planning: Provide separate Lounge / Waiting areas for men and women
contiguous with the respective Locker area and conveniently accessible (by
common corridor) to the spa Treatment Rooms.

1. Privacy: Since spa attendants and therapists of both sexes greet guests in
the Lounge / Waiting Area, plan the circulation to prohibit views from the
Waiting Area into Locker, Toilet and Wet Lounge areas.

2. If space for the Lounge / Waiting Area is not available adjacent to the Locker
areas, locate the Lounge / Waiting Area in a clear path to the Treatment

300 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 Room area.

3. Guest Serenity: To promote guest serenity, plan the Lounge / Waiting Area
as an enclosed room or recessed alcove; not in a busy circulation path.
When necessary, use a focal design element such as a fireplace or built-in
shelves for books.

4. Salon: Provide direct access from the Women’s Locker or Lounge / Waiting
Area to the Salon so that women in their robes do not have to walk through
the Spa Reception area to enter the Salon.

5. If doors have not been incorporated for the Lounge, use appropriate draping
to create an atmosphere and unique environment.

6. Zones: Where space permits, zone the relaxation area to accommodate

different relaxation activities such as a quiet area (for napping) and an active
area for reading, socializing and television, if appropriate.

C. Size: Provide the following individual lounge seats, minimum:

1. Women: Number of treatment rooms x 70% = seats.

2. Men: Number of treatment rooms x 30 % = seats.

D. Design Features:

1. Theme: Consistent with the spa design, incorporate architectural elements,

water features, art and artifacts, plants and exterior views into the Dry
Lounge design as appropriate to promote a signature image and relaxing
environment.

2. Hospitality Station: Provide hospitality service for spa guests waiting for, or
returning from, spa treatments.

a. Provide a buffet or built-in millwork counter for offering complimentary

food and beverages.

b. Provide granite top counter space, locked storage cabinets, open

shelving for glassware display, and under counter refrigerator, sink and
ice maker. Coordinate requirements with adjacent pantry.

3. Furniture: Use resilient fabrics. Provide a mixture of seating, including chaise

and comfortable chair / ottoman areas for relaxation and group get-togethers.
Place lamps and tables within the furniture mix allowing a peaceful and active
experience. If design allows, create individual spaces with use of draping or
FF&E. Provide water feature or fireplace.

4. Library: Accommodate and display reading materials.

5. Ceiling: Coffered; specialty finishes; skylights where possible.

6. Verandas: Provide if required by the Facilities Program. Include ceiling fans.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 301
 E. Finishes:

1. Floor and Base: Anti-microbial carpet. Base supports the spa interior design.

2. Walls: Paint; vinyl wallcovering

3. Ceiling: Paint and acoustical tile

F. Lighting: Indirect, decorative, residential; controlled by dimmers to promote a

relaxing environment. Conversation areas to have medium lighting, chaises to
have dim lighting using combination of table, floor or wall lamping.

G. Utilities:

1. Television: Typically not recommended (men’s – optional); see <13B>.

Televisions in lounges for large spas are determined on a case by case
basis. Spas catering to group business may require a TV in the active
relaxation area of the Dry Lounge.

2. Audio: Central sound system with control; see <13B>.

3. Thermostat: adjustable by spa attendant only; out of direct view of spa guest;
see <15A>.

4D.15 Co-ed Lounge (Conservatory)

A. Program: Many spa guests are couples that prefer an area for men and
women to relax together. Therapists may also pick their guests up for treatments
from this lounge.

B. Size: See the project Facilities Program. Typically provided at larger spas where
a variety of relaxation areas can be provided.

C. Space Planning:

1. Position near or contiguous with the Treatment Room area to permit use
before, between and after treatments.

2. Circulation: Locate adjacent to common, service circulation path to provide

access by guests and attendants of both genders.

D. Features & Finishes: Same as Dry Lounge above.

302 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 4D.16 Locker Rooms

A. Program: Provide a semiprivate area for guests to change to spa attire and to
secure their personal clothes in lockers.

B. Market Study: The locker room size and number of lockers is a critical limiting
factor in determining the operational capacity of the spa. The locker area and
related shower and toilet area are typically difficult to expand and require study to
determine their optimum size and number. A market study of locker utilization is
required that addresses the following:

1. Hotel guest utilization

2. Membership utilization

3. Male / female ratio

4. Peak use evaluation

5. Spa guest use patterns

6. Future expansion

C. Location:

1. Entry: The Attendant area forms the passage to the Locker area.

2. Privacy: Plan Locker areas in alcoves or rooms that provide a sense of

privacy. Do not locate lockers in corridors or circulation paths where people
must pass next to guests who are changing. Provide more privacy if
necessary due to culture or market demands.

3. Zones: Where possible, consider developing locker area zones to segregate

users based on their activity (spa, fitness, membership, etc.).

4. Circulation: Plan circulation to avoid traversing changing areas to access

ancillary areas.

5. Private Change: Provide a Private Change room or closet to accommodate

guests that prefer visual privacy. Typically, size the area to accommodate
guests with disabilities.

6. Salon: Provide direct access from the Women’s Locker / Dry Lounge to the
Salon so that women in their robes do not have to walk through the Spa
Reception area to enter the Salon.

7. Views: Avoid views from Relaxation and Attendant areas, particularly if they
are staffed by both sexes. Consider mirror and reflective surface locations to
avoid indirect views.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 303
 D. Size: See the “Market Study” requirements above to define the number of lockers
and configuration (full, half, cubby).

1. Rule-of-Thumb: 4 lockers per Treatment Room. Membership

requirements would increase the total.

2. Rule-of-Thumb: 20,000 sq. ft. with 20 Treatment Rooms equals: Ladies

– minimum of 80 lockers; 12 full size with remaining one half size. Men –
minimum of 70 lockers; 10 full size with remaining one half size.

3. Locker Room Area: Locker bays (not locker quantity) x 0.65 m² (7 sq.
ft.) = minimum area (not including dressing rooms or makeup counters).

4. Changing Room Area: See the Spa Area Program.

E. Changing Rooms: Provide one or more changing rooms or booths for use by
guests desiring a higher level of privacy. The changing room can be of particular
benefit to the disabled. Include the following:

1. Door (louvered) or curtain

2. Bench, residential type or ottoman

3. Robe hooks

4. Mirror

F. Lockers: Typical locker type unless defined otherwise by the market study.

1. Quantity: Determine by spa area, quantity of treatment rooms, mix of hotel

guests, membership, local or day guests.

2. Size: Full, half and cubby sizes based on spa criteria. In urban and Muslim
markets, provide full size for suites and robes.

3. Configuration: Two-tier; 46 cm (18 inch) wide x 56 cm (22 inch) deep is ideal.

38 cm (15 inch) wide x 50 cm (20 inch) deep minimum.

4. Design / Quality: Recommended manufacturers are Country Club, Ideal

Lockers or Executive Locker or equivalent. Interior of lockers includes a shoe
shelf, jewelry lock box, side hook and cross bar.

5. Door Front and End Panels: Wood; stained or painted or specialty material
based on design intent.

6. Cabinet Interiors: Wood with washable laminate or appropriate surface.

7. Number Plaque: Sequential; even numbers on top lockers, odd numbers on

bottom.

8. Lock and Handle: Electronic keyless system for operational efficiency. Verify

304 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 type with Spa Operations.

9. Lockbox: Not required with electronic keyless system.

10.Clothes rod and hooks

11.Shoe holder or shelf

12.3-sided message holder mounted on locker door

13.Mirror mounted on inside of locker door of top locker

G. Design Features:

1. Benches or Ottoman: Wood; match locker style and material; movable; one
per 3 to 5 lockers. Use durable fabrics when upholstered. Select comfortable
benches, small love seats or stools for seating.

2. Mirrors: Full-length wall mounted

3. Recesses: To avoid institutional image, consider detailing lockers into

alcoves or recesses that look “built-in”.

4. Dry Grooming Stations: If space permits, provide granite countertop or series

of alcoves for dry grooming and make-up. Grommet on countertop for plug
into under counter electrical outlets.

H. Finishes:

1. Floor: Carpet, anti-microbial

2. Base: Wood

3. Walls: Painted; vinyl wallcovering; millwork trim

4. Ceiling: Painted gypsum board or plaster and acoustical tile. Consider

providing coffers, special tiles and lighting details to avoid an institutional
image.

I. Lighting:

1. Consider indirect fluorescent at ceiling coffers or above locker tops.

2. Use halogen for accent.

J. Audio: Central sound system, zoned. <13B>

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 305
 4D.17 Toilets (Locker)

A. Program: Provide toilet facilities for spa guests in the Locker area.

B. Space Planning:

1. Lockers: Locate adjacent to Locker area as a “dry” activity.

2. Organization: Organize as an alcove or room. Avoid direct views from Locker

area to Toilet room.

3. Circulation: Plan circulation to avoid requiring circulation through the Toilet

area to access other areas.

4D.18 Grooming Areas

A. Program: Provide the following areas for grooming:

1. Wet Grooming: Provide counter areas and lavatories for personal grooming,
hygiene, make-up application, shaving and hair care activities performed by
guests.

a. Entry: Position near entry from Attendant area.

b. Lockers: Locate between the Locker dry area and the Shower wet area.

c. Toilets: Do not locate within toilet area.

d. Gentlemen’s Shaving Area: Provide shaving area within the wet

grooming area.

e. If a continuous counter is planned, position lavatory stations to allow for a

sense of privacy.

2. Dry Grooming: Provide a counter area for the application of makeup and
grooming activities that do not require water.

a. Location: Adjacent to Wet Grooming. Design as a private experience.

b. Station: A grooming station may be placed as a central island to centrally

locate grooming amenities.

B. Design: The preferred configuration provides a series of individual stations

or alcoves to allow semi-private grooming.

C. Size: Base on market study; see Locker description above. Rule-of-Thumb: 1

station per 8 Treatment Rooms per gender.

D. Design Features:

306 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 1. Vanity: Granite top with minimum of 32 mm (1.25 inch) thick shaped edge.
Avoid porous marble. Provide ample counter or shelf space for variety of
grooming amenities. Grommet countertop for plug in under counter.

2. Height: Typically, stand up, 0.9 m (3 ft.). If space permits, provide an optional
sit down counter 0.7 m (28 inch).

3. Storage: Preferred location for storage of amenities and supplies is at an

adjacent closet. If space is limited, provide storage at locked, under counter
cabinets.

4. Lavatory: As determined by Interior Designer for different and new bowl

designs and specialty hardware to enhance the spa experience.

5. Towels: Millwork display 30 cm (12 inch) minimum depth for clean, folded
towels; provide soiled linen drops below.

6. Trash Receptacles: Built-in

7. Mirrors: Full length and over counter

8. Cord Grommets: Provide for countertop appliances, such as hair dryers,

where electrical connections are hidden below countertop.

9. Hair Dryers: Hand held in holster that stores / conceals wires through
countertop grommets.

10.Electrical: Outlets: Provide outlets at counter height (and below counter, see
above) for accessories at each station. Provide one outlet between every two
stations plus the below countertop outlets required for appliances.

E. Finishes:

1. Floor: Carpet, anti-microbial at dry areas; porcelain tile at wet areas with slip
resistant finish.

2. Walls and Base: A combination of porcelain tile, mirrors, durable paint,

millwork and stone to define the grooming stations.

3. Ceiling: Painted and acoustical tile

F. Lighting: Suitable for makeup application. Use warm light and minimize shadows
with side lighting.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 307
 4D.19 Showers

A. Program: Provide two compartment shower enclosures with a private dry

vestibule for guest use before and after spa use and in conjunction with wet
amenities such as sauna, steam room and pools.

B. Space Planning:

1. Lockers: Adjacent to Locker area by way of the Private Circulation area.

Avoid direct views from the Locker and Wet Lounge area into the Shower
area.

2. Wet Lounge: Immediately adjacent to Wet Lounge to allow sauna, steam

room and pool users to shower as part of their wet area experience. If Wet
Lounge is remote from Locker area, provide dedicated showers in the Wet
Lounge area with access for guests with disabilities.

3. Planning: Showers are grouped around a common corridor or alcove. Avoid

direct views into shower area from all areas.

C. Size:

1. Rule-of-Thumb: 1 shower per 6 Treatment Rooms per gender. Based on

market study; see locker description above.

2. Compartment: 1.1 x 2.1 m (3'-6" x 7'-0") minimum

D. Design Features:

1. Compartment Door: Decorative, tempered glass or wood louvered consistent

with interior design theme. Door design provides visual privacy but also
permits visual observation of occupancy.

2. Shower Compartment: Soap shelf, corner shaving foot shelf at 0.46 cm (18
inch) at ladies showers; at men’s shower, provide wall mounted, chrome
basket and shelf shaving station designed to hold wet razor and shaving
cream and includes fog-less mirror.

3. Shower Curtain: Not used

4. Showerhead: Adjustable type; mounted at 2.0 m (6’-8”) above floor. Include

handheld option for added flexibility.

5. Shower Amenities: Typically, provide 4 part dispenser system for shower gel,
shampoo, conditioner and shaving cream.

6. Drying Compartment: Bench seat, two robe / towel hooks

7. Accessibility: Provide accommodations for persons with disabilities.

308 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 8. Towel and Amenity Shelf: Consider incorporating a shelf, counter or alcove in
the Common area for displaying extra towels and post shower amenities
such as powder, deodorant, lotion and combs.

9. Swimsuit Spinner: Provide one unit in shower area.

E. Finishes:

1. Floors: Porcelain tile; slip resistant

2. Base: Porcelain tile; stone

3. Walls: Porcelain tile; stone; design with visual interest consistent with spa
theme.

4. Ceiling: Gypsum board; gloss paint; moisture resistant construction

F. Lighting:

1. Shower: Waterproof, downlight

2. Drying: Waterproof, downlight

3. Common Area: Waterproof, downlight

4. Indirect: Cove: Sconce

G. Utilities:

1. Floor Drains at Common area: Required to permit daily cleaning.

2. Shower Drain: At each compartment, slope drying area and shower area to
drain for proper drainage.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 309
 4D.20 Wet Lounge

A. Program: Provide a central relaxation and circulation area for the wet area
amenities. Centralization permits users to access a combination of wet area
amenities, isolates wet activities to one controllable area and provides a relaxing
environment for guests to lounge between activities or wait for treatments.
Provide a therapeutic space to enhance the benefits of treatments and
relaxation. Requires unique design, a key experiential element.

B. Space Planning:

1. Lockers: Accessible from Locker area by way of the Private circulation spine.

2. Showers: Immediately adjacent to locker Showers to allow sauna and steam

room users to shower as part of their wet area experience. If Wet Lounge is
remote from Locker / Shower area, provide dedicated showers in the Wet
Lounge area.

a. Privacy: Avoid direct views from Shower and Dry Lounge areas.

b. Wet Area: Wet Lounges serve as the central circulation and relaxation
area for wet area facilities such as sauna, steam room and whirl pool
facilities.

c. Moisture: Isolate area from dry zones. Design ventilation system to

control temperature and moisture migration into dry areas.

d. Exterior Views: Where possible, provide exterior views and daylight by

skylight, windows and controlled views to exterior courtyards.

C. Size: As required to provide access to associated wet amenities and to

accommodate the lounge chairs programmed for the facility.

D. Design Features:

1. Robe Hooks: Provide a generous number at entrances to sauna, steam

room, whirl pools and Wet Lounge area to permit guests to hang robes and
towels when using wet facilities.

2. Lounge Area: Provide zones for small groupings of comfortable reclining

lounge chairs, small drink tables and lounge chairs.

3. Specialty Shower: Provide oversized experiential shower.

4. Towels: Provide built-in clean towel storage and soiled towel collection.

5. Wall Clock (atomic): to allow guests to monitor treatment appointments. Ideal

location would permit views from sauna, steam room and whirl pool to

310 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 facilitate exertion self monitoring.

6. Hospitality Station: Provide a hospitality station in the Wet Lounge area to

provide spa guests with complimentary beverage refreshments (tea, water,
coffee, etc.) when using saunas, steam rooms and pools.

a. Self service buffet or kiosk offering complimentary water or other

beverage and / or cold towels.

b. Consider incorporating a small refrigerator into the station to assist

with restocking refreshments.

7. Landscaping: Provide fountains, water features and locations for plants, etc.
to promote a natural, residential image.

E. Finishes:

1. Floors: Ceramic tile; stone; slip resistant, 0.6 wet / dry

2. Base: Ceramic tile; stone

3. Walls: Ceramic tile; stone; design with visual interest consistent with theme of
spa.

4. Ceiling: Gypsum board; moisture resistant construction

F. Graphics: Coordinate safety signage with spa design theme <16>.

G. Lighting: Includes the Wet Lounge and pool facilities.

1. Dimmer controlled

2. Waterproof

3. Ambient: Indirect, cove

4. Accent: Sconce

5. Colored Lighting: Use to convey special environment when possible.

H. Utilities:

1. Audio: Central sound system

2. Telephone: Provide house phone.

3. Floor Drains: Required to permit daily cleaning and capture run-off from wet
facilities.

4. Hose Bib: Recessed in a valve box; required to facilitate floor and pool
cleaning.

5. HVAC: Separate zone and high air exchange rate to prevent chemical odor
buildup and mildew. Provide a wet room dehumidification system equal to the
hotel indoor pool system. See <15A>.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 311
 4D.21 Steam Room

A. Program: Provide separate Steam Rooms in the men’s and women’s Wet
Lounge area for guest relaxation prior to treatments or as a wet relaxation
amenity to be enjoyed in combination with adjacent sauna and plunge pool
facilities.

B. Space Planning:

1. Wet Lounge: Locate Steam Room in a common “wet area” adjacent to sauna,
whirl pool, plunge pools and aromatherapy steam room, if programmed.

2. Shower: Position Steam Room near Locker area showers within a common
wet zone to avoid traversing dry areas.

3. Accessibility: Accessible to persons with disabilities per ADA requirements,

see <GR1>.

4. Steam Room Entrance: Include the following:

a. Hooks for robes

b. Water / cold towels

c. DIY treatments

d. Garbage can

e. Basket for used cold towels

C. Size: See the Spa Area Program.

D. Design Features:

1. Bench: Typically field constructed similar to wall construction. Two tiered (to
permit seating at different temperatures); 45 cm (18 inch) high; bull nose or
provide polished edge at front of seat and slope seat top at 3 cm / m (3/8 inch
per ft.) to avoid ponding condensation.

2. Floor: Positive slope 4 cm / m (1/2 inch per ft.) to floor drains; waterproof
membrane if above occupied area.

3. Walls: Typically field constructed of masonry or glass walls; vapor-proof

construction to prevent migration of moisture. If constructed of light gauge
framing, follow Tile Council of America (TCA) criteria.

4. Ceiling: Sloped: 6 cm / m (3/4 inch per foot), domed or vaulted (not flat) to
prevent condensation from dripping on occupants. Cement plaster; vapor-
proof construction to prevent migration of moisture into ceiling structure.

312 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 5. Nozzles: Position steam outlet nozzles opposite seating and away from door
to avoid contact burns to occupants. Provide shield to prevent contact with
nozzle.

6. Signage: For applicable safety signage, see <16>.

7. Controls: Remote at steam generator to maintain room at 43 to 49° C. (110 to

120° F).

8. Shower: Handheld type; optional at larger steam rooms.

E. Door and Frame:

1. Frame: Aluminum

2. Door: Frameless tempered glass with gasket; glazed to provide passive

surveillance of interior. Use door made for steam room use - not “storefront”
doors that do not control condensation; Kallista, Imperial Series or equal.

3. Lock: Provide a keyed, dead bolt lock (no interior function) to permit
management to secure room when supervision is not possible.

4. Hardware: Push / pulls; wood for thermal comfort.

5. Seal: Vapor-proof, to avoid steam in adjacent areas.

6. Threshold: Ceramic tile or marble; to contain water.

F. Finishes:

1. Floor: Ceramic tile or stone; slip-resistant (wet / dry 0.6).

2. Walls: Ceramic wall tile, glazed or stone. Consider incorporating a graphic

design with the tiles, consistent with the spa theme, to provide visual interest.

3. Bench: Ceramic tile with shaped edges or stone slab with bull nose front
edge.

4. Ceiling: Ceramic wall tile, sloped.

G. Utilities:

1. Steam Generator: Locate in an adjacent room.

2. Lighting: Waterproof type; under bench and wall sconces.

3. Drains: Place at low points of sloped floor.

4. Trench Drain: Provide trench drain at exterior side of door to manage water
from foot traffic and door condensate.

5. Duress Alarm: <16> Red, mushroom design; locate at interior of room near
entrance door.

6. Emergency Shut-off: Provide at each room.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 313
 7. Ventilation: <15A> Provide exhaust from above ceiling area (not from steam
room).

8. Audio: Central music system; weatherproof speakers. <13B>

4D.22 Steam Generator Room

A. Program: Provide a utility room to remotely locate the steam generator

equipment that produces steam for the Steam Rooms.

B. Space Planning:

1. Adjacency: Locate as close as possible to Steam Rooms being served

and within manufacturer’s recommendation, but not visible to guests.

2. Access: Provide access from a common corridor or from locker /

attendant area for maintenance and to adjust controls.

C. Size: As required to locate equipment and provide maintenance clearance.

D. Features:

1. Steam Generators: Commercial grade for continuous use.

2. Controls: Independent thermostat to control each room, automatic flush, high

temperature limit, sight glass, low water cut-off, pressure gauge; locate out of
guest view. Alerts report to the front desk.

3. Aromatherapy: Consider providing an automatic dispensing system.

4. Door and Frame: Provide louver if required for ventilation.

E. Finishes:

1. Floor: Sealed concrete or VCT

2. Walls: Painted

3. Ceiling: Exposed

F. Utilities:

1. Water service

2. Electric service

3. Access to drain

314 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 4D.23 Sauna

A. Program: Provide separate Saunas in the men’s and women’s Wet Lounge area
for guest relaxation prior to treatments or as a dry relaxation amenity to be
enjoyed in combination with adjacent steam room and plunge pool facilities.

B. Space Planning:

1. Wet Lounge: Locate Sauna in a common “wet area” adjacent to steam room,
whirl pool, plunge pools and aromatherapy steam room, if programmed.

2. Accessibility: Accessible to persons with disabilities per ADA requirements,

see <GR1>.

3. Shower: Position Sauna near locker room showers within a common wet
zone to avoid traversing dry areas.

4. Design: Design may include two spaces; a sauna foyer as an inhalation room
for aromatherapy having less heat than sauna space. In inhalation room,
provide 4 to 6 guest seating spaces.

5. Sauna Room: Include the following:

a. Hooks for robes

b. Water / cold towels

c. DIY treatments

d. Garbage can

e. Basket for used towels

C. Size / Area: 11 to 15 m² (120 to 160 sq. ft.) minimum

D. Ceiling Height: 2.2 to 2.4 m (7 to 8 ft.) maximum

E. Features:

1. Construction: Commercial; prefabricated redwood or cedar walls, ceiling, two

tiered benches, heater guard and removable duct board floor.

2. Insulation: Minimum of R11; continuous foil faced vapor barrier.

3. Floor: Waterproof, when above occupied area.

4. Door and Frame: Prefabricated wood with insulated, tempered glass vision
panel for passive surveillance of interior.

5. Lock: Provide a keyed, dead bolt lock (no interior function) to permit
management to secure room when supervision is not possible.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 315
 6. Controls: Time and temperature; programmable. High temperature alert
control to limit system reporting to front desk.

7. Heater: Commercial grade, wall mounted, electric, stainless construction with

rocks; sized per sauna volume. Typically sized to maintain 65 to 82° C. (150
to 180° F.)

8. Signage: See Signage and Graphics for applicable safety signage. Provide
equipment operation signage and safety signage adjacent to timer and
temperature control at exterior of sauna. See and <16>.

F. Finishes:

1. Floor: Ceramic tile floor with removable wood duct board walking surface in
front of bench area.

2. Walls: Wood

3. Ceiling: Wood

G. Utilities:

1. Floor Drain: Provide for cleaning floor.

2. Lights: Waterproof

3. Ventilation: Passive fresh air intake below heater and exhaust near ceiling.

4. Duress Alarm: Red, mushroom design; locate at interior of room near

entrance door. See <16>.

316 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 4D.24 Warm Plunge Pool

A. Program: As determined by the market, provide separate Warm Plunge Pool in

the men’s and women’s Wet Lounge area for guest relaxation prior to treatments
or as a wet relaxation amenity to be enjoyed in combination with adjacent sauna,
steam room and whirl pool facilities.

B. Space Planning:

1. Wet Lounge: Locate Warm Plunge Pool in a common “wet area” adjacent to
sauna, cool plunge, whirl pool and steam room, if programmed.

2. Accessibility: Accessible to persons with disabilities per ADA requirements

see <GR1>.

C. Size: Accommodate 1 to 2 people.

D. Features:

1. Steps and hand rail; walk through design preferred (not ladder) with
continuous handrail.

2. Seating: Provide built-in lounge seating when possible.

3. Depth Marking

4. Pool Depth: 1.0 m to 1.2 m (42 to 48 inches)

5. Water Temperature: 27 to 32 deg. C (80 to 90 deg. F)

6. Pool Structure: Waterproof

7. Signage: See applicable Signage and Graphics & <16> for required
safety signage.

E. Finishes:

1. Pool: Plaster and ceramic tile or stone

2. Steps: Ceramic tile or stone with slip resistant finish and solid edge.

F. Utilities:

1. Underwater Lights: Waterproof; grounded

2. Filtration: At equipment room; ozone or bromide preferred to minimize odors.

3. Heating System: At equipment room.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 317
 4D.25 Cool Plunge Pool (Option)

A. Program: Provide separate Cool Plunge Pool in the men’s and women’s Wet
Lounge area for guest relaxation prior to treatments or as a wet relaxation
amenity to be enjoyed in combination with adjacent sauna, steam room and whirl
pool facilities.

B. General: Cool Plunge Pool same as Warm Plunge Pool except water
temperature. Cool Plunge pools are generally smaller than Warm Plunge Pools.
Warm and cool plunge pools are typically in resorts.

C. Water Temperature: 13 to 18° C (55 to 65° F).

4D.26 Swimming Pools

A. Program: Consult the Spa Area Program for the location, size and number of
swimming pools required for the spa. Provide a pool equipment room for each
pool.

B. Pool Standards: Provide the pool in accord with the technical and operational
standards. See <4C> for requirements.

1. Minimum Pool Depth: 1.0 m (3’-4”)

2. Maximum Pool Depth: 1.5 m (5 ft.)

3. No diving boards

318 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 4D.27 Whirl Pool

A. Program: As determined by the market, provide separate whirl pool in the men’s
and women’s Wet Lounge area for guest relaxation prior to treatments or as a
wet relaxation amenity to be enjoyed in combination with adjacent sauna, steam
room and plunge pool facilities. The Whirl Pool is a key element of the spa
experience and is designed as the focal point of the Wet Lounge environment. A
whirlpool is necessary in urban locations.

B. Space Planning:

1. Wet Lounge: Locate whirl pool in a common “wet area” adjacent to sauna,
cool and warm plunge pool and steam room, if programmed.

2. Deck: At same elevation as Wet Lounge floor, preferred. If whirl pool deck is
above Wet Lounge floor, provide steps and handrail to access whirl pool
deck.

3. Accessibility: Accessible to persons with disabilities per ADA requirements,

see <GR1>.

C. Size:

1. Capacity: 4 person min.; 26 to 32 m² (250 to 300 sq. ft.)

2. Depth: 1.1 to 1.2 m (3’-6’ to 4’-0”)

D. Features:

1. Water Jets: 1 jet per 46 cm (18 inch) of pool wall.

2. Drains: Minimum of 2; locate 1.2 m (4 ft.) apart with securable grate or other
method to avoid suction trapping.

3. Incorporate shoulder water massage into design.

4. Bench: 46 cm (18 inch) high

5. Pool Structure: Concrete and plaster; waterproof

6. Steps and Handrail: Dual stainless steel handrails with slip-resistant stairs
into whirl pool to provide ease of entry.

7. Controls: Timer (15 minute) and emergency stop; locate near pool but out of
reach of pool users.

8. Heated: 40° C (104° F).

9. Signage: See applicable safety signage in the Signage and Graphics.

Discreetly integrate. See and <16>.

10.Ceiling: Design as a visual feature for individuals using whirl pool.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 319
 E. Finishes:

1. Pool: Ceramic tile or stone with plaster

2. Deck: Slip-resistant; 0.6 wet / dry

F. Utilities:

1. Light: Waterproof; GFI grounded

2. Filtration, pumping and heating: Locate at equipment room.

3. Drains: At deck or coping

4D.28 Massage - Treatment Room

A. Program: Provide a quiet, soothing, functional room for performing massage and
related treatments.

1. The environmental comfort of the spa guest is essential and requires

adjustable control of temperature, lighting and audio.

2. Massage type treatments are typically performed in the room; however,

treatments may also be performed outdoors on balconies terrace decks, pool
cabanas and courtyards.

B. Space Planning:

1. Type: Group massage rooms together for efficient operation by spa

attendants.

2. Showers: Ideally, the addition of a shower at one or more Treatment

Rooms greatly increases the flexibility and range of treatments that can be
offered in the room. Showers have glass or frosted doors.

3. Entry: Locate the door and arrange the work counter and sink so that upon
entry the guest’s first view is of the room and not the work counter and sink.

4. Bathtubs: Where appropriate.

5. Acoustics: Massage rooms require an absolutely quiet environment. Avoid

locations near noise sources. Construct enclosure to meet minimum STC 55
rating requirements.

C. Size: See the Spa Area Program. Avoid making rooms too large to avoid
institutional feel. Provide 3 ft. around the table for circulation.

D. OSE Equipment: Access to information for equipment, supplies, treatment room

details and utility requirements are available on the Marriott Spa intranet site:

320 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 h t t p s : / /
extranet.marriott.com/mgs/Global+Source/Common/Lodging+Operations/Spa/Ve
ndors+and+Programs/ Operations/Supplies/default.htm
Provide the following:

1. Massage table with face cradle

2. Hot towel cabby

3. Oil warmer

4. Stone warmer

5. Heating pad

6. Utility cart with power strip

7. Therapist stool with wheels

8. Chair for guest

9. Massage Treatment Room - Example

E. Features:

1. Counters: 0.91 m (3 ft.) high; 0.61 m (2 ft.) deep; length, 1.8 to 2.4 m (6 to 8
ft.) work area; granite.

2. Cabinets: Wall and base cabinets with:

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 321
 a. Stained or painted wood.

b. Adjustable shelves with locks at drawers and doors.

c. Door and drawer silencers (felt or rubber).

d. One section of the wall cabinet with glass doors and light for product
display.

e. Section for laundry hamper; covered.

f. Section for trash; covered.

g. Section for double doors to accommodate a roll in treatment trolley.

h. Shelf for a towel cabby

3. Coordination: When towel cabbies, stone warmers and other equipment are
“built-in”, verify equipment sizes and power locations with cabinet design.
Verify that cabinet design and ventilation can manage heat and humidity.

4. Sink: Porcelain with hot and cold water with mixing valve and gooseneck
spout.

5. Ceiling: Spa guests view the ceiling for most of their treatment. Every aspect
of the ceiling requires review and integration into a design that reinforces the
spa theme and spa guest’s relaxation.

a. Lights: Avoid ceiling mounted fixtures and harsh, direct lights above
massage area.

b. Speakers: Avoid ceiling mounted types.

c. Sprinklers: Provide side wall mount, not ceiling mounted types.

d. Diffusers & Grilles: Avoid ceiling mounted types and direct drafts on spa
guests. Integrate or conceal diffusers and grilles with ceiling design.

e. Design: Include interesting ceiling features (architectural considerations,

special finishes).

6. Window (option): The natural light provided by a window can be

beneficial if the view and light is controlled. Provide operable or fixed
windows based on location and climate. Provide an appropriate privacy
treatment that is capable of darkening the room.

7. Door: Solid core wood with the following:

a. Acoustical seal

b. Latch set only (no lock) with lever handle and quiet operation. Consider
latchless (ball latch) with spring hinges to minimize noise.

322 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 c. Solid door frame of wood, double stepped with sound absorptive gasket
to minimize noise.

8. Robe hooks

F. Finishes:

1. Floor and Base: Wood or resilient surface for the long-term comfort of the
attendant floor, or anti-microbial carpet. Base should support spa interior
design concept.

2. Walls: Paint or wallcovering

3. Ceiling: Paint

G. Lighting:

1. Sconces, decorative wall lights and indirect lighting on dimmer controls.

2. Under cabinet lights for counter work.

H. Utilities:

1. Audio: Equip each room with a sound system with individual music control
panel with a minimum of three channels and volume controls in each room
<13B>.

2. Thermostat: Provide each room with individual controls <15A>.

3. Electrical: <15C>

a. Floor Outlet: For massage table and heating pad; one duplex outlet at
center of room, under treatment table. Provide flush design, not
tombstone.

b. Counter: One duplex outlet for every 2 feet of counter with a minimum of
3 duplex outlets.

c. Side Walls: One duplex outlet at each wall.

d. Wall Outlet: One duplex near head for steamer and product trolley (so
that room can also accommodate facials).

e. Additional outlets may be required depending on room size,

configuration and equipment selected.

f. Coordination: Coordinate outlet locations with millwork design for built-in

equipment and access.

4. Controls: Organize audio, temperature and lighting controls in one location

with a unified appearance.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 323
 4D.29 Facial Treatment Room

A. Program: Provide a quiet, soothing, functional room for performing facials and
related treatments. The environmental comfort of the spa guest is essential and
requires individual control of temperature, lighting and audio. Treatments typically
performed in this room include the following types.

1. Facials

2. Waxings

B. Space Planning:

1. Type: Group facial rooms together for efficient operation by spa attendants.

2. Entry: Locate the door and arrange the work counter and sink so that upon
entry the guest’s first view is of the room and not the work counter and sink.

3. Acoustics: Facial rooms require an absolutely quiet environment. Construct

enclosure to meet minimum STC 55 rating requirements. Avoid locations
near noise sources.

C. Size: See the Spa Area Program. Avoid making rooms too large to avoid
institutional feel. Provide 3 ft. space minimum on all four sides of treatment table.

D. OSE Equipment: Access to information for equipment, supplies, treatment room

details and utility requirements are available on the Marriott Spa intranet site:
https:// extranet.marriott.com/mgs/Global+Source/Common/
Lodging+Operations/Spa/ Vendors+and+Programs/
Operations/Supplies/default.htm Provide the following:

1. Massage facial table with armrest and bolster

2. Steamer, accessory unit

3. Magnifying lamp

4. Hot towel cabby

5. Heating pad

6. Utility cart with power strip

7. Therapist stool with wheels

8. Chair for guest

9. Hooks for robe

10. Facial Treatment Room - Example

324 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 E. Features:

1. Counters: 0.91 m (3 ft. high); 0.61 m (2 ft.) deep; length 1.8 to 2.4 m (6 ft.)
work area; granite.

2. Cabinets: Wall and base cabinets with the following:

a. Stained or painted wood

b. Adjustable shelves with locks at drawers and doors

c. Door and drawer silencers (felt or rubber)

d. One section of the wall cabinet with glass doors and light for product
display.

e. Section for laundry hamper; covered. Provide storage in room for clean
linen.

f. Section for trash; covered

g. Section for double doors to accommodate a roll-in treatment trolley.

h. A shelf for the hot towel cabby.

i. Under cabinet warming drawer

j. Under cabinet soiled linen

3. Coordination: When towel cabbies, stone warmers and other equipment are
“built-in”, verify equipment sizes and power locations with cabinet design.
Verify that cabinet design and ventilation can manage heat and humidity.

4. Sink: Material based on design intent, with hot and cold water with mixing
valve and gooseneck spout, design coordinated with Interior Designer.

5. Ceiling: Spa guests view the ceiling for most of their treatment. Every aspect
of the ceiling requires review and integration into a design that reinforces the
spa theme and spa guest’s relaxation.

a. Lights: Avoid ceiling mounted fixtures.

b. Speakers: Avoid ceiling mounted fixtures; use sidewall mounted.

c. Sprinkler Heads: Provide side wall mount.

d. Diffusers & Grilles: Avoid ceiling mounted. Avoid direct drafts on spa
guests. Integrate or conceal diffusers and grilles with ceiling design.

e. Design: Include interesting features (coffers, wallcoverings and applied

moldings).

6. Window (option): The natural light provided by a window can be

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 325
 beneficial if the view and light is controlled. Provide operable or fixed
windows based on location and climate. Provide an appropriate privacy
treatment that is capable of darkening the room.

7. Door: Solid core wood with the following:

a. Acoustical seals

b. Latch set only (no lock); lever type with quiet operation. Consider
latchless (ball latch) with spring hinge to minimize noise.

c. Solid door frame of wood, double stepped with sound absorptive gasket
to minimize noise.

d. Robe hooks

F. Finishes:

1. Floors and Base: Wood or tile surface preferred; may be dictated by law.

2. Walls: Paint or wallcovering

3. Ceiling: Paint or special finish

G. Lighting:

1. Decorative sconces, wall mounted fixtures and indirect lighting on dimmer

controls.

2. Provide task lighting for waxing services.

3. Under cabinet lights for counter work. Verify that heat from lights will not ruin
products stored on the bottom shelf of the cabinets.

H. Utilities:

1. Audio: Equip each room with a sound system with minimum of three
channels and volume controls in each room. See <13B>.

2. Thermostat: Provide each room with individual controls. See <15A>.

3. Electrical: See <15C>.

a. Floor Outlet: One duplex outlet in center of room for facial chair and
heating pad. Provide flush outlet, not tombstone.

b. Countertop: One duplex outlet for every 2 feet of counter with a minimum
of 3 duplex outlets. Do not place near sink for safety reasons.

c. Side Walls: One duplex outlet at each wall.

d. Facial: One duplex outlet on wall near sink and head for steamer and
product trolley.

326 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 e. Additional outlets may be required depending on room size,
configuration and equipment selected.

f. Coordination: Coordinate outlet locations with millwork design for built-in

equipment and outlet access.

4D.30 Couples Massage Room

A. Program: Same as Massage Room with two tables. See “Massage – Treatment
Room” above for criteria.

B. Size:

1. Equal to two single Massage Treatment rooms.

2. See the Spa Area Program.

C. Features:

1. Operable Wall: Providing an operable, acoustical wall to divide the room into
two separate rooms (when not used for couples) provides scheduling
flexibility.

4D.31 Couples Massage Suite

A. Program: Same as Couples Massage Room above but with the addition of a
shower or tub. See “Massage – Treatment Room” above for criteria. If space is
available, add a lounge area for guests to relax.

B. Size:

1. Equal to two single Massage Treatment rooms.

2. See the Spa Area Program.

3. Couples Massage Suite - Example

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 327
 C. OSE Equipment: Access to information for equipment, supplies, treatment room
details and utility requirements are available on the Marriott Spa intranet site:
https://extranet.marriott.com/mgs/Global+Source/Common/Lodging+Operations/
Spa/Vendors+and+Programs/Operations/Supplies/default.htm
Provide the following:

1. Two massage facial tables with armrest and bolster

2. Hydro tub for two

3. Stand up shower for two

4. Hot towel cabby

5. Oil warmer

6. Stone warmer

7. Heating pad

8. Utility cart with power strip

9. Therapist stool with wheels

10.Chair for guest

D. Finishes: Appropriate flooring for this suite must accommodate both wet
treatment (tub, shower) and dry treatments.

E. Utilities:

328 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 1. Electrical: <15C>

a. Floor Outlet: One for each massage table and heating pad; one duplex
outlet under each treatment table. Provide flush design, not tombstone.

b. Counter: One duplex outlet for every 2 feet of counter with a minimum of
3 duplex outlets; one at each end of counter to accommodate two
treatments.

c. Side walls: One duplex outlet at each wall.

d. Sink: Porcelain with hot and cold water with mixing valve and gooseneck
spout. Unique design coordinated with interior designer.

e. Additional outlets may be required depending on room size,

configuration and equipment selected.

f. Coordination: Coordinate outlet locations with millwork design for built-in

equipment and access.

2. Controls: Organize audio, temperature and lighting controls in one location

with a unified appearance.

4D.32 Wet Treatment Room

A. Program: If required, provide a quiet, soothing, functional room for performing

wet treatments. The environmental comfort of the spa guest is essential and
requires individual control of temperature, lighting and audio. Treatments typically
performed in this room include the following types:

1. Bath or shower

2. Steam shower

3. Vichy Shower

4. Wraps

5. Scrubs

6. Massage

B. Space Planning:

1. Type: Group wet rooms together for efficient operation by spa attendants, for
sound control and to manage waterproof construction.

2. Entry: Locate the door and arrange the work counter and sink so that upon

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 329
 entry the guest’s first view is of the room and not the work counter and sink.

3. Floor Slope: In order to manage the large quantity of water used in wet
treatments, it is imperative to provide floors sloped to large drains (and away
from doors and walls). Design the floor system to accommodate sloped floors
and internal drains.

4. Acoustics: Wet rooms require a quiet environment. Avoid locations near

noise sources.

5. Evaluate the location of the equipment in relationship to the view from the
door opening since this equipment is usually centered in the room. If the
entrance door is not offset, the guest’s privacy and sense of security may be
compromised.

C. Size: See the Spa Area Program.

D. OSE Equipment: Access to information for equipment, supplies, treatment room

details and utility requirements are available on the Marriott Spa intranet site:
https://extranet.marriott. com/mgs/Global+Source/Common/Lodging+Operations/
Spa/Vendors+and+Programs/Operations/Supplies/default.htm Provide the
following:

1. Soft top wet dry table

2. Hydro Rain Vichy Shower, hand held showers are included with dual
temperature controls.

3. Hotel towel cabby

4. Stone warmer

5. Utility cart with power strip

E. Features:

1. Shower: In room shower and enclosure to permit spa guest to shower before
and after treatment without leaving the room; 0.9 x 0.9 m (3 x 3 ft.) minimum.
Steam shower is an option.

2. Hand Shower: Provide in addition to typical shower heads.

3. Counters: 0.91 m (3 ft.) high; 0.61 m (2 ft.) deep; length, 1.8 to 2.4 m (6 to 8
ft.); granite.

4. Cabinets: Wall and base cabinets with:

a. High quality laminate

b. Adjustable shelves with locks at drawers and doors.

330 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 c. Door and drawer silencers (felt or rubber)

d. One section of the wall cabinet with glass doors and light for product
display.

e. Section for laundry hamper; covered

f. Section for trash; covered

g. Section for double doors to accommodate a roll in treatment trolley.

5. Sink: Porcelain with hot and cold water, mixing valve and gooseneck spout.
Unique design coordinated with Interior Designer.

6. Floor: Sloped floor to central drain is required to manage the high volume of
water used in treatments.

7. Ceiling: Spa guests view the ceiling for most of their treatment. Every aspect
of the ceiling requires review and integration into a design that reinforces the
spa theme and spa guest’s relaxation.

a. Lights: Avoid ceiling mounted. Provide sconces, wall lights and indirect
lighting fixtures that are waterproof. Provide heat lamp panel in ceiling for
wet rooms. Avoid harsh, direct lights above treatment area.

b. Speakers and Sprinklers: Use side wall mounted.

c. Diffusers & Grilles: Avoid ceiling mounted types and direct drafts on spa
guests. Integrate or conceal diffusers and grilles with ceiling design.

d. Design: Include interesting features (coffers, vaults, tile and applied

moldings).

8. Door: Solid core wood, waterproof on interior face with the following:

a. Acoustical seal

b. Latch set only (no lock) with lever handle and quiet operation.

c. Solid door frame of wood, double stepped with sound absorptive gasket
to minimize noise.

9. Robe hooks.

F. Finishes: Select finishes to create a warm and cozy room image as opposed to a
cold and clinical feel.

1. Floors and Base: Ceramic tile; slip resistant, 0.6 wet / dry

2. Walls: Ceramic tile wainscot ½ to height of wall; full-height wall tile in Vichy
shower rooms, otherwise, above wainscot finish walls with semigloss paint or
vinyl wallcovering.

3. Ceiling: Paint; ceramic tile for Vichy rooms.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 331
 G. Audio: Equip each room with a sound system (waterproof) with individual control
panel, minimum of three channels and volume controls in each room. <13B>

H. Lighting:

1. Decorative wall mounted, waterproof fixtures and indirect lighting on dimmer

controls.

2. Under cabinet lights for counter work. Verify that heat from lights will not ruin
products stored on the bottom of cabinet.

I. Utilities:

1. Thermostat: Provide each room with individual controls.

2. Floor Drain: 4 inch pipe with silt trap below treatment bed <15B>.

3. Electrical: <15C>

a. Type: Waterproof, GFIC for outlets in room.

b. Floor: One duplex outlet, center of treatment bed. Flush design; not
tombstone.

c. Counter: One duplex outlet for every 2 feet of counter.

d. Side Walls: As required for equipment.

e. Additional outlets may be required depending on room size, configuration

and equipment selected.

f. Coordination: Coordinate outlet locations with millwork design for built-in

equipment and access.

4. Controls: Organize audio, temperature and lighting controls in one location

with a unified appearance.

332 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 4D.33 Deluxe Wet Treatment Room

A. Program: Same as or similar to Wet Treatment Room but includes a

hydrotherapy tub located in a corner of the room.

4D.34 Hydrotherapy Room

A. Program: Same as or similar to Wet Treatment Room but includes full function
hydrotherapy tub and space for massage table.

B. Room Size: See the Spa Area Program.

C. Space Planning: Provide for the following:

1. Entry: Locate the door and arrange the work counter and sink so that upon
entry the guest’s first view is of the room and not the work counter and sink.

2. Specialty Hydrotherapy Tub: See manufacturer’s specifications for specific

installation and plumbing requirements.

3. Massage / wet treatment table (optional based on programmed space).

D. Utilities:

1. Verify size of drain (4 inch) based on tub manufacturer’s specifications for

quick drain of tub.

2. Specialty electrical outlets and drains may be required.

3. Type: Waterproof, GFIC for outlets in room.

4. Counter: One duplex outlet for every 2 feet of counter.

5. Wall: one duplex outlet at each wall.

6. Hydrotherapty Room - Example

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 333
 4D.35 Dispensary

A. Program: Provide a "kitchen" style facility for the storage, mixing and conditioning
of spa treatment preparations by spa employees (aestheticians, therapists). The
area is also used to store, prepare and clean spa treatment equipment and
utensils.

1. Space Planning:
a. Location: Centrally locate near Treatment Room area to provide spa
employees with convenient access to Dispensary before and after each
spa treatment.

b. Wet Treatment: Give location priority to wet treatment areas that require
higher use of Dispensary.

c. Service Circulation: Provide direct access to service circulation corridor

for Back-of-House access.

d. Large Spa: Provide more than one Dispensary when feasible to meet
program requirements.

e. Product Storage: Store product in cabinets hidden from view. Products

mixed in suite.

2. Size: 1.0 m² (10 sq. ft.) of area per treatment room with a minimum size of 11
m² (120 sq. ft.).

334 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 3. Features:

a. Work Counter

b. Telephone

c. Computer Workstation: Provide with computer monitor and printer for

employees to access treatment schedules and appointments.

d. Base and Wall Cabinets: Adjustable shelves; drawers with locks; cabinet
doors with locks. Wall cabinet doors with glass windows permit visual
observation of contents without signage.

e. Refrigerator: Residential style with freezer.

f. Ice Machine: Provide ice machine with floor drain.

g. Microwave / Large Capacity Hot Towel / Hydrocullator.

h. Dishwasher: Commercial grade may be required. Provide sound

attenuation.

i. Sink: Large, two compartment, stainless steel with hot and cold faucet set
with swivel, gooseneck spout.

4. Finishes

a. Floor and Base: Vinyl composition tile or ceramic tile

b. Walls: Painted

c. Ceiling: Acoustical, lay-in tile

B. Lighting: Ceiling and under cabinet fluorescent. Verify that the under cabinet
lighting does not produce heat that can ruin spa products in the cabinet on the
bottom shelf.

C. Electrical Outlets: For counter top equipment. Provide a minimum of one duplex
outlet for every two feet of counter.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 335
 4D.36 Toilet (Treatment Area)

A. Program: Provide a toilet room for the use of guests in the Treatment Area to
avoid requiring guests to return to the Locker area, particularly between
treatments.

1. Provide at larger spas and particularly where the distance between the
Treatment area and Locker area Toilet is significant.

2. Location: Adjacent to the Common Service Circulation corridor.

4D.37 Pantry

A. Program: Provide an enclosed pantry to support the beverage service being

offered in the Dry Lounge and Wet Lounge areas.

B. Space Planning:

1. Locate in an enclosed room.

2. Position near Dry and Wet Lounge areas being served.

C. Size: 6.5 m² (70 sq. ft.) or as required to accommodate equipment.

D. Features: Coordinate equipment requirements with equipment provided in

Dispensary.

1. Refrigerator / Freezer: Residential size

2. Dishwasher: Commercial type may be required.

3. Sink: Stainless steel with water filter and gooseneck

4. Ice Machine: Commercial

5. Hot water machine

6. Base Cabinets: With adjustable shelves and door locks

7. Wall Cabinets: With adjustable shelves and door locks

8. Computer: For monitoring activities

E. Finishes:

1. Floor and Base: Ceramic tile; vinyl tile

2. Walls: Painted

336 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 3. Ceiling: Painted or acoustical tile

F. Utilities:

1. Drain: At ice machine; see <15B>.

2. Computer: See <13A>.

4D.38 Professional Product Storage

A. Program: Provide a room to receive, sort and securely store spa professional
products. Provide ample shelving to organize and store spa products.

B. Space Planning:

1. Dispensary: Locate with lockable door opening into Dispensary to permit spa
employees to access supplies directly from the Dispensary. This location also
permits temporary staging of deliveries within the Dispensary instead of in
corridors.

2. Service Access: Locate near service access to avoid service circulation

through spa guest areas.

C. Size: 0.4 m² (4 sq. ft.) per treatment room

D. Features:

1. Shelving: Wall to wall, adjustable, wood or solid surface to permit stacking

small and large items.

2. Cabinets: All cabinets are lockable to control access.

3. Door: Solid core, wood with keyed, deadbolt lock

E. Finishes:

1. Floor: Vinyl composition tile

2. Base: Vinyl

3. Walls: Semi-gloss paint

4. Ceiling: Exposed

F. Lighting: Fluorescent ceiling fixtures

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 337
 4D.39 Toilets

A. Spa Guest Toilets: Provide private toilet facilities for spa guests.

1. Space Planning:

a. Circulation: Position in the “dry” zone and locate so that access to other
functions does not require traversing through the toilet area.

b. Grooming: Locate adjacent to Grooming area so guests exiting toilet area

have access to lavatories.

c. Wet Areas: Access to toilets shall not require traversing wet areas.

2. Features:

a. Enclosures: Enclosed private, compartment with full, panel or louvered,

wood door preferred. Provide privacy latch with emergency unlock.

b. Accessibility: Provide access for guests with disabilities.

c. Urinal Screens: Required

d. Toilet: Wall hung

3. Finishes

a. Floor and Base: Porcelain tile or stone

b. Walls: Ceramic tile or stone, full height or wainscot

c. Ceiling: Painted; semigloss

B. Employee Toilets:

1. Program: Provide toilet facilities dedicated for use by spa employees.

a. Employees are prohibited from using spa guest toilets.

b. Employee toilets in the hotel may be utilized if they are conveniently

accessible.

2. Space Planning:

a. Location: Locate toilets near the employee Break Room.

b. Exposure: Avoid views from spa guest areas.

c. Lounge: Avoid locating toilet entrances directly into the employee Break
Room to prevent toilet activities from disrupting the Lounge environment.

d. Minimum of one toilet fixture and lavatory for male and one for female at
spas of 925 m² (10,000 sq. ft.) or less. At small spas, unisex toilet may be
adequate.

338 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 3. Finishes

a. Floor and Base: Porcelain tile

b. Walls: Paint

c. Ceiling: Painted or acoustical tiles

C. Accessories: Commercial grade, residential image

1. Toilet Paper Holder (Double roll), sanitary napkin disposal, coat hook,
appropriate paper towel & soap dispenser, trash receptacle

2. Accessible Compartment: Grab bars

D. Lighting: Downlights above in center of space, not above toilet at each

compartment and common area.

E. Utilities: Floor drains as required.

4D.40 Janitor

A. Program: Provide a small, enclosed room to accommodate cleaning equipment

and supplies to maintain the spa facilities.

1. Typically, locate near the wet areas, the areas requiring the most
maintenance.

2. Locate adjacent to common service circulation corridor to permit servicing of

common areas by either gender.

3. Quantity: Locate one facility in the men’s and one in the women’s area. At
smaller spas, one centrally located room may serve both men’s and women’s
area.

B. Size: 2.3 m² (25 sq. ft.) per room

C. Features:

1. Floor sink with backsplash

2. Storage shelving

D. Finishes:

1. Floor and Base: Vinyl tile or ceramic tile

2. Walls and Ceiling: Painted; high gloss

E. Utilities: Floor drain

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 339
 4D.41 Circulation

A. Corridors - Public: Provide corridors for guests circulating between reception,

locker areas, lounge, treatment rooms and other public spa facilities.

1. Space Planning:

a. Corridor Configurations: Avoid institutional looking, monotonous corridor

configurations.

b. Design: Design corridors with alcoves and niches to provide visual relief
and interest.

c. Natural Light and Views: Introduce natural light and views (windows
and skylights) while maintaining privacy.

d. Ceilings: Provide visual interest by integrating coffered ceilings with

skylights, special paint finishes, murals and / or special lighting details.

e. Linen Storage: Consider linen storage at corridor utilizing pocket

panels at alcoves and furniture storage.

2. Corridor Width: 1.5 m (5 ft.) minimum

3. Ceiling Height: 2.7 m (9 ft.) minimum; higher preferred

B. Features: Consistent with the spa theme, incorporate elements of visual

and acoustical interest:
• water features
• artwork and artifacts
• interesting finishes
• lighting features and natural light

C. Finishes:

1. Floors: Carpet, wood, stone or porcelain tile with area rugs. Treatment Room
corridors may be carpeted to minimize noise.

2. Walls: Durable; consistent with spa theme.

3. Ceiling: Painted gypsum board and acoustical tile.

D. Lighting: Wall sconces and indirect warm lighting preferred, consistent with the
spa theme and controlled by dimmers.

E. Utilities:

1. Receptacles: Electrical outlets for maintenance.

2. Audio: Central sound system; see <13B>.

F. Corridors - Private:

340 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 1. Program: Provide a gender segregated circulation path or zone to connect
Locker, Toilet, Grooming, Shower, Lounge and Wet Lounge areas.

2. Avoid a straight line, sequence of spaces from the Locker entry to the Wet
Lounge exit. Provide access to and organize functions along a common,
interconnecting circulation spine.

3. Segregate areas by “wet” (Shower and Wet Lounge) and “dry” (Locker,
Toilet, Dry Lounge and Grooming) zones.

4. Plan circulation to avoid traversing wet zones to access a dry zone.

5. The private spaces are key to the overall experience. Design elements, color
palette, and lighting are critical.

G. Treatment Area Circulation: Provide quiet, interesting circulation corridors

between the Dry Lounge and Co-ed Lounge area and Treatment Rooms as
noted above for Public Circulation.

1. Space Planning:

a. Circulation: Plan the circulation to provide service access for clean and
soiled linen and supplies.

b. Access: Provide convenient access for staff from employee support

areas.

c. Guest Access: Provide spa guest access from the Dry Lounge to
Treatment Rooms.

d. Arrangement: Arrange treatment room door locations in a staggered plan

for privacy (so doors are not opposite each other).

2. Size:

a. Width: 1.5 m (5 ft.) minimum

b. Ceiling: 2.4 m (8 ft.) minimum

3. Features:

a. Floors: Design for comfort of spa guests with slippers. Design to avoid
noise that could disrupt treatments.

b. Ceilings: Provide interest with coffers, vaults and crown moldings.

c. Artwork & Water Features: Integrate into design of corridor.

d. Plants: Integrate into the design where appropriate.

e. Design: Avoid monotonous layouts that appear clinical. Design corridors

for warm and welcoming feeling. Add interest with alcoves (for concept

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 341
 relevant artifacts), knuckles and integrated features.

f. Occupied Sign: In order to indicate if a treatment is occupied, provide an

element (symbol, light or object) at each treatment room door that serves
this purpose and is consistent with the spa theme.

4. Finishes

a. Floor: Carpet preferred for acoustics. Design may include a combination

of carpet, tile or wood. Select carpet color and pattern with good
“coverage”. Avoid light colored, solid carpets that show wear.

b. Walls: Paint or wall covering or specialty finishes

c. Ceiling: Paint and acoustical tile

5. Lighting:

a. Colored Lighting: Use to convey special environment when possible.

b. Sconce: Decorative lighting

c. Ceiling: Indirect alcove, wall washer or decorative.

H. Fitness Center Circulation: Provide a common circulation path or zone to connect

the Fitness Center facilities, Café and Pool. Plan spaces to avoid having to
traverse one area to access another.

1. Corridor Width: 1.5 m (5 ft.) minimum

2. Ceiling Height: 2.7 m (9 ft.) minimum; higher preferred

3. Features:

a. Consistent with the spa theme, incorporate elements of visual and

acoustical interest such as water features, artwork and artifacts,
interesting finishes, lighting features and natural light.

b. Linen Storage: Consider linen storage at corridor utilizing pocket

panels at alcoves and furniture storage.

4. Finishes

a. Floors: Carpet; or wood; stone; ceramic tile with area rugs. Treatment
Room corridors may be carpeted to minimize noise.

b. Walls: Durable; consistent with spa theme

c. Ceiling: Painted gypsum board and acoustical tile

5. Lighting: Wall sconces and indirect warm lighting preferred, consistent with
the spa theme and controlled by dimmers.

342 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 6. Utilities:

a. Electrical: Power outlets for maintenance

b. Audio: Central sound system; see <13B>.

4D.42 Linen Staging

A. Program: Provide areas to store clean and soiled sheets, towels and robes used
in spa treatments and wet areas. Provide a commercial duty washer and dryer
for use by spa attendants for cleaning spa slippers and small accessories.

1. Space Planning:

a. Access: The spa employee’s ability to manage the large quantity of clean
and soiled sheets and towels generated in the treatment room and wet
areas, on an hourly basis, is critical to the efficient operation of the spa.

b. To facilitate this demand, plan the flow of clean laundry from the hotel or
off-site laundry facility to the treatment room and wet areas, and back, in
an efficient operation.

c. Separate Paths: Typically, health regulations require segregation of clean

and soiled laundry into separate rooms or zones to avoid cross
contamination. Conform to applicable regulations.

d. Wet Areas: Spa wet areas require facilities to distribute and collect towels
and robes. Wet areas can typically be serviced as satellites of Laundry
Staging.

e. Service Access: Bulk management of clean and soiled linen is provided

by carts circulating between the hotel or off-site laundry and Laundry
Staging room.

f. Laundry Chute: In order to minimize labor and service circulation through

the Spa, consider managing soiled linen vertically with a laundry chute.

g. Quantity: Each treatment requires approximately 6 to 12 pieces of linen

and 1 guest robe and slippers. Size Linen Staging and Linen Closet
facilities based on the number of treatment rooms, treatments, use of wet
areas and frequency of deliveries.

h. Central Location: If the Laundry Staging area is conveniently accessible

to the treatment rooms, clean and soiled towels and sheets may be
distributed and collected from a central Laundry Staging location.

i. Remote Location: If the Laundry Staging area is not conveniently located

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 343
 near the treatment rooms, provide one or more satellite Linen Closets in
the treatment room area. Provide satellite closets for mobile clean linen
shelving units at Clean Linen and cart space at Soiled Linen rooms.

2. Distribution: The Laundry Staging room is the distribution point for linen
service to the following areas. Refer to requirements for the storage and
display of linen in each area.

a. Treatment Rooms

b. Locker Room and Shower

c. Wet Lounge

d. Fitness Center

e. Pools

B. Size: Determined by the following uses:

1. Size of spa

2. Number of treatment rooms

3. Type and number of treatments

4. Frequency of deliveries from hotel or off-site laundry.

C. Features:

1. Washer and Dryer: Large capacity; commercial duty; counter space for
sorting; folding tables; verify mounting requirements. Do not locate adjacent
to Treatment Rooms or Lounge areas.

2. Clean linen is required to be stored in closed cabinets, not on open storage

shelving. Linen is delivered and distributed by mobile carts.

3. Soiled linen is typically temporarily stored and transported in hamper

carts.

4. A hand washing station and janitors closet must be readily available.

D. Finishes:

1. Floor: Vinyl composition tile

2. Base: Vinyl

3. Walls: Painted; Fiberglass Reinforced Panel (FRP)

4. Ceiling: Exposed

E. Lighting: Fluorescent ceiling fixtures.

344 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 F. Utilities: Hot and cold water / drain / lint trap for washer / dryer.

G. Linen Staging Diagram

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 345
 4D.43 Linen Closet

A. Program: Provide a closet in the treatment room area to stock linen and towels
for distribution to treatment rooms by employees.

B. Space Planning:

1. Location: Centrally locate in the treatment room area.

2. Closets: Provide one or more closets with door at larger spas.

3. At smaller spas, linen may be distributed directly from the central Linen
Staging room.

4. As an alternate, linen may be secured in cabinets or armoires located in the

treatment room area.

5. Soiled linen can not be mixed in the same room.

C. Finishes:

1. Floor and Base: Vinyl composition tile

2. Wall: Gloss paint

3. Ceiling: Paint

4D.44 Soiled Linen

A. Program: Provide a closet in the treatment room area to temporarily store soiled
linen and towels used in treatment rooms or provide a process to quickly remove
soiled linen to a central linen collection area or laundry chute.

B. Space Planning: Plan for ease of use from all spa areas.

1. Location: Centrally locate in the treatment room area.

2. Closets: Provide one or more closets (or chutes) at larger spas.

3. At smaller spas, soiled linen may be returned directly to the central Laundry
Staging room.

4. Clean linen can not be mixed with soiled linen in the same room.

C. Finishes:

1. Floor and Base: Vinyl composition tile

346 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 2. Wall: Gloss paint

3. Ceiling: Paint or acoustical tile

4D.45 Equipment Room

A. Program: Provide room for Wet Lounge equipment such as steam generator and
pool pumps and filters.

B. Location: Locate as close as possible to the facilities being served. Locate

adjacent to common service circulation corridor to permit adjustment and
servicing by either gender without compromising Wet Lounge privacy.

4D.46 Audio Room

A. Program: Provide an equipment room for the audio system serving the entire spa
area. Locate room adjacent to common service circulation corridor or in the
Administration office area.

4D.47 Employee Break Room

A. Program: Provide an enclosed “break” room for Spa employees to wait and relax
between appointments, to monitor appointments and to prepare food and
beverage refreshments.

1. At smaller spas, spa employees utilize hotel Employee Facilities.

2. Spa employees follow the same protocol as hotel employees when entering
and leaving the spa and are prohibited from using spa guest areas as
lounges between appointments.

B. Space Planning:

1. Treatment Rooms: Employee Break Room may be located near the

treatment room area to permit convenient access to the treatment room area.

2. Acoustics: Avoid locating the Employee Break Room directly adjacent to

treatment rooms.

3. Exposure: Avoid locating the Employee Break Room in areas where it is

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 347
 exposed to view from spa guest areas.

4. Toilets: Do not locate employee Toilet within employee Break Room to

prevent toilet activities from disrupting the Lounge environment.

5. Access: The Employee Break Room may be located on a different level

than the treatment rooms if stair and elevator access provides convenient
access to the treatment room area.

C. Size: Proportional to staffing program. Typically, 12 m² (120 sq. ft.) minimum to

18 m² (200 sq. ft.).

D. Features:

1. Lockers: One small unit, 0.04 m³ (1.5 cu. ft.), with lock per employee for
securing personal belongings but not clothing. Typically, employees arrive in
uniform.

2. Wall and Base Cabinets: For employee food and beverage storage and
preparation. Provide with counter, adjustable shelves, lockable drawers and
doors.

3. Microwave: Residential type

4. Sink: With hot and cold water

5. Refrigerator: Residential type refrigerator / freezer

6. Table, Chairs and sofa

7. Computer Workstation: For monitoring spa appointments and processing

paperwork. Provide counter, chair and computer workstation with printer.

8. Mailbox: Provide secure, lockable mailbox modules (one per employee) to

distribute and secure “tip” gratuities and internal employee communications.

9. Wall Clock

10.Bulletin Board

11.Time Clock: Locate at employee Break Room or hotel employee entrance as

required by Operations.

12.Training facilities and materials

348 Spa Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 4D.48 Coordination

A. Reference: Coordinate with the requirements of other Chapters.

• Recreation & Amenities
• Food & Beverage - BOH
• Technology Infrastructure
• Audio / Visual
• Fire Protection & Life Safety
• Mechanical, Plumbing & Electrical
• Loss Prevention

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Spa 349
 EUROPE

Marriott Hotels
retail

globaldesignstrategies

designstandards
December 2020 | franchised
 Table of Contents

5.1 Overview 352

5.2 Lobby Shop - Off the Front Desk 353
5.3 Free-standing Shop (option) 355
5.4 Food Offering Retail Outlets 359
5.5 Specialty Retail 360
5.6 Coordination 362

chapter organization
• This chapter is a part of an integrated series of Chapters.
• This chapter is a part of an integrated series of Chapters.

definitions
• Design Standard: a minimum requirement to be fulfilled
without exception
• Best Practice: a recommended design guideline, practice or
way to execute a design standard
• Expanded Information: an explanation of a design standard
or best practice
• Reference (internal): a reference to another document /
section within the design standards or to a design strategy /
guide within the brand standards
Exception: Fire Protection & Life Safety Design
Standard references are to external codes only

Marriott Confidential & Proprietary Information

The contents of the Design Standards are confidential and proprietary to

Marriott International, Inc. and may not be reproduced, disclosed, distributed
or used without the express permission of an authorized representative of
Marriott.

English is the official and binding language of these design standards. The
translated versions are provided as a courtesy only and are not controlling
and have no legal effect.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Retail 351
 5.1 Overview

A. Brand Essential: The Lobby Shop (off the Front Desk) is the retail component
and the minimum required retail amenity for guests.

B. Planning: Coordinate with <2A>.

1. Design an overall vibrant, current and exciting shopping environment that

coordinates with the design narrative.

2. Integrate into the Lobby with clear sight lines from the Front Desk and Guest
Elevators

3. Retail for resorts is typically more extensive and may include a broader retail
program.

4. Compliance: Comply with the governing accessibility regulations.

C. Retail Review & Acceptance: To avoid operational conflicts, coordinate with the
public area interior design, adjoining areas and the overall character of the
property. Submit the following associated retail program information to MI for
acceptance of retail outlets and approval of third party operator agreements.
• Retail market concepts
• Location of assigned retail areas
• Retail mix and placement of concession spaces
• Owner's retail design consultant
• Merchandise assortment
• Operating hours / time
• Lease agreements - additional conditions and retail requirements and any
exclusive agreements
• Retail graphics / merchandising signage visible in public areas.
• Illuminated signage / lighting designs, permanent and temporary, when
appropriate and if allowed.
• Graphics to support retail concept. The use of vendor provided equipment and
fixtures, including microwaves, is not allowed unless prior MI permission is
obtained.
• Proposed finish millwork and cabinetry design features for built-in and free
standing displays.

D. Additional Retail: Market analysis may dictate requirements for other retail outlets
as outlined in the project Facilities Program.
• Food offerings retail outlets (option)
• Specialty retail (option)
When a dedicated retail outlet is not integrated with The Lobby concept, or the
retail program includes multiple retail outlets or is a resort location, then comply

352 Retail Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 with the following criteria for retail planning:

1. Resorts: Based on the project Facilities Program, provide multiple retail

outlets that support the destination experience. Additional retail outlets
require different designs and products.

2. Retail programs and core product selections require careful development to

avoid conflicts with local laws, religious customs and cultural sensitivities of
the property's region.

E. Alcoholic Beverages: When allowed for sale, locate beverages in direct line of
sight of employees and secure beverages in lockable display cabinets, coolers /
refrigerators and storage.

F. ATMs: Not permitted in retail spaces. For acceptable lobby locations, see <2A>.

5.2 Lobby Shop - Off the Front Desk

A. Program: Provide guest access to a variety of self-select retail essentials and

desired retail products as required by a market review and the project Facilities
Program. The Lobby Shop is the retail concept and solution defined for the
Lobby. Coordinate with <2A>.

B. Resources: See <2A> for MH Greatroom for criteria that integrates the
Lobby Shop with the Guest Services Zone.

C. Retail Products: Provide a combination of core products, pantry snacks and

regional gift items (optional) reflecting the local area. The proportion of each in
the retail mix is determined by market demands.

D. Location: The following criteria guides the positioning of the Shop:

1. Locate directly adjacent to the Front Desk / Reception with a transaction

counter or window connection to the retail space.

2. Integrate into the entrance experience, visually apparent, but not the focal
point that would distract from the public areas and <2A> design.

E. Space Design:

1. Storefront: Arrange and design customized storefront that blends completely

with the overall character of the property to provide visual exposure of
merchandise from the public circulation area. Design the entire storefront to
fully open to the MH Greatroom.

2. Merchandising Areas: Design space to maximize areas to display retail

products. Provide unobstructed wall areas, shelving, counter tops and
cabinets to locate and display merchandise.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Retail 353
 3. Storage: Provide merchandise storage in undercounter, solid millwork
cabinets, not to exceed 46 cm high (18 inch), without compromising
merchandising area.

4. Product Mix: Accommodate basic guest needs by providing MI current

standard products from the following categories:

a. Core: The required minimum retail items are:

• Sundry / toiletry products
• Mailing / shipping material
• Basic / Stylish travel items
• Reading materials
• Services
• Men’s Essentials
• Women’s Essentials

b. Pantry Products:
• Food / candy and snack items
• Beverages (chilled)
• Ice cream
• Wine / beer (if allowed)

c. Regional Products (option): Incorporate regional items and apparel

to provide broader selection of consumable and commercial items.
• Regional gifts and food items
• Apparel
• Jewelry, art and artifacts

d. Optional Products:
• Stationery / paper goods
• Tobacco and related products
• Greeting Cards
• Wellness & relaxation products

F. Features:

1. Fixturing / Millwork: Design systems to feature products, and accommodate

maximum flexibility. Utilize commercial millwork for merchandising display
consistent with the Lobby design and finishes.

2. P.O.S.: Provide point of sale (cash register) at the Front Desk. Shield wiring
and back of register from customer view. Integrate installation into the PMS.
See <13A>.

3. F&B Equipment:
• Refrigerators: Provide refrigerated (air curtain refrigeration units are
acceptable) self-serve, glass front, non-branded (no vendor brand signs)

354 Retail Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 beverage coolers integrated with the interiors.
• Microwave: Not allowed

G. Construction: Consistent with the Front Desk area, design with wide entrance
and no visual obstructions from Front Desk. Coordinate with Interior Design and
MI Retail requirements.

H. Finishes: Coordinate with the Interior Design and MI Retail.

I. Storage Area:Provide secure storage for retail inventory. Provide additional

locked storage for bulk deliveries, if required.

J. Loss Prevention: Provide per <16> Review.

1. Surveillance Cameras (VSS): When required, locate per Loss

Prevention Review.

2. Theft Deterrent System: When required, conceal under floor magnetic

product tagging theft deterrent system (no exposed pedestals).

K. Telephone / Fax: Provide device connections. See <13A>.

L. Lighting:See Coordination at the end of this document and <15C>.

5.3 Free-standing Shop (option)

A. Overview: When required by the project Facilities Program, provide a free-

standing Shop which is a retail amenity option.

B. Program: The Shop is a combination of core products, pantry snacks and

regional gift items reflecting the local area. The proportion of each in the retail
mix is determined by market demands.

C. Location:

1. Locate in the path of travel between the main property entrance, Reception
and passenger elevators.

2. Do not locate directly adjacent to the Reception area. Transactions do not

occur at the Front Desk.

3. Integrate into the entrance experience, visually apparent, but not the focal
point that would distract from the public and <2A> design.

D. Size / Area: 14 to 46 m² (150 to 500 sq.ft.)

1. Approximately 15% of the retail floor space is allocated to back of store

functions, such as office and retail storage.

2. When coffee is included, provide more floor space.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Retail 355
 E. Space Design:

1. Entry: Arrange and design customized storefront that blends completely with
the overall property character to provide visual exposure of merchandise.
Design the entire storefront to fully open to the Lobby.

2. Point of Transaction: Provide in a central location to maximize customer

recognition allowing for site lines to all areas of the store facing the store
entrance.

3. Merchandising Areas: Design space to maximize areas to display retail

products. Provide unobstructed wall areas, shelving, counter tops and
fixtures to locate and display merchandise.

4. Storage: Provide lockable merchandise storage in undercounter, solid

millwork storage cabinets (not to exceed 46 cm high (18 inch) without
compromising merchandising area. Blend design with overall store design.

5. Product Mix: Design space to accommodate basic guest needs by providing

MI current standard products from the following categories:

a. Core: The required minimum retail items are:

• Sundry / toiletry products
• Mailing / shipping material
• Basic / Stylish travel items
• Reading materials
• Services
• Men’s Essentials
• Women’s Essentials

b. Pantry Products:
• Food / candy and snack items
• Beverages (chilled)
• Ice cream
• Wine / beer (if allowed)

c. Regional Products: Incorporate regional items and apparel to

provide broader selection of consumable and commercial items.
• Regional gifts and food items
• Apparel
• Jewelry, art and artifacts

d. Gift Products:
• Stationery / paper goods
• Souvenirs
• Greeting Cards
• Wellness & relaxation products

F. Retail Display & Design:

356 Retail Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 1. Fixturing / Millwork: Design systems to feature products, and accommodate
maximum flexibility with multi-functional displays. Utilize commercial millwork
and retail fixtures for merchandising display consistent with the Lobby design
and finishes.

2. P.O.S.: Provide a point of sale (cash register) that is recessed in the

countertop. Wiring and back of register are shielded from customer view.

3. F&B Equipment:
• Refrigerators: Provide refrigerated (air curtain refrigeration units are
acceptable) self-serve, glass front, non-branded (no vendor brand signs)
beverage coolers integrated with the interiors.
• Microwave: Not allowed

4. Shelving: Provide adjustable shelves on recessed standards - not slat wall,

which is permitted only for sundries display. Locate shelving a minimum of
51 cm (20 inch) above floor where storage drawers may be utilized.

G. Construction: Consistent with the Lobby Areas, design with wide entrance and no
visual obstructions. Coordinate with Interior Design and MI Retail requirements.

1. Walls: Three solid perimeter walls that extend to structure above, for
controlled access. Include blocking for wall mounted fixtures and shelving.

2. Doors: Wide openings with acceptable secure closure system that is

lockable during non-operating hours. Secure narrow openings with hinged full
light, safety glass door.

3. Shop Front: Limit glazed walls to Entry and front of the Shop and coordinate
with mechanical, electrical, security and life safety elements.

H. Finishes:

1. Floor: Extend hard surface floor finish through from Lobby Areas or
coordinate with interior designer.

2. Ceiling Height: 3 to 3.7 m (10 to 12 ft.), with smooth finish

I. Storage Area:Provide storage for retail inventory. Provide additional locked

storage for bulk deliveries, if required.

J. Loss Prevention: Provide as required by the Loss Prevention Review in <16>.

1. Surveillance Cameras (VSS): When required, locate per Loss Prevention

Review.

2. Theft Deterrent System: When required, conceal under floor magnetic

product tagging theft deterrent system (no exposed pedestals).

K. Dressing Room: Provide if apparel is offered for sale.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Retail 357
 1. Location: Near point of transaction to permit convenient sales assistance and
to permit passive observation of Dressing Room use.

2. Size: Provide for persons with disabilities in compliance with the Americans
with Disabilities Act (ADA) and governing regulations.

3. Features: Include the following:

• Mirror: Full length
• Seating: Bench or chair
• Clothes Hooks: Double
• Door: With privacy latch
• Lighting: LED (equivalent to incandescent)

L. Transaction Desk: Provide to support retail transactions and manage customer

activity. Include the following:

1. Location: Position for visual observation and control of the shop and to
provide guest service impact. Orient Cash Wrap to face entrance.

2. Features: Include the following:

• Computer (conceal from direct guest view)
• P.O.S. Station with printer, card swipe, cash drawer, barcode scanner
(recessed, conceal from direct guest view)
• Telephone
• Counter for wrapping and bagging products at 90 cm (36 inch) height.
• Audio controls (unless in office)
• Lighting controls (unless in office)

3. Size: Minimum 600 mm (24 inch) and maximum 1200 mm (48 inch).

M. Retail Manager’s Office & Storage: As required by the project facilities Program,
provide a desk work station at the retail shop for activities associated with
managing the retail programs and storing inventory.

1. Size: 15% of retail area or 5 m² (50 sq. ft.), minimum

2. Furniture: Desk, chair, file cabinets and storage shelves

3. Storage Area: Provide for retail inventory and locked storage for bulk
deliveries, if required.

a. Additional storage rooms may be required.

4. Computer / PMS: Provide data connection. See <13A>.

5. Telephone / Fax: Provide device connections. <13A>.

358 Retail Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 5.4 Food Offering Retail Outlets

A. Program: Purpose is to provide guests with options for specialty food and
beverage items.

1. See the Project Facilities Program and <3> for food and beverage
concepts for project specific requirements.

2. Size / Area: Approximately 10 to 93 m² (100 to 1000 sq. ft.) excluding any

adjacent cafe seating. See the project Facilities Program.

3. Facilities are managed by the property and are limited to complementary

extensions of the property’s adjacent food and beverage outlets.

4. Merchandising Program:
• Bakery
• Beverages
• Cheeses
• Fruits
• Gourmet coffee
• Liquor, wine and beer (if allowed)
• Salads
• Sandwiches

B. Relationship: In order of priority, the following criteria will typically guide

positioning of the spaces.

1. Tangent to and in conjunction with the reception area of the Three Meal a
Day program. This position permits shared utilization of personnel and in
particular, cashiering functions. See <3>.

2. At a position close to, however, not directly associated with the Lobby. This
location may also permit direct exterior exposure that could be advantageous
to direct outside marketing and sales programs.

3. In conjunction with any retail area.

4. Consider the importance / convenience of locating retail spaces with direct

access to Back-of-House servicing and circulation.

C. Design:

1. Architectural Configuration: Outlet may be a prototypical shop concept or an

open front cafe / brasserie design.

2. Product Displays: Refrigerated and non-refrigerated display cases, self serve

and attendant assisted bins, canisters and shelving kiosks that complement

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Retail 359
 shop interior.

5.5 Specialty Retail

A. Program: Occasionally, and in response to a market analysis of location and

commercial opportunities and demands, the property may support additional
managed or leased retail shops, services, and / or independent retail arcade of
concession shops. Additional retail shops may include the following:
• Jewelry and accessories
• Barber/beauty salon
• Florist
• Art Gallery
• Business Center
• Shoe shine
• Rental counters (resorts)
• Travel agency (resorts)

B. Review and Approvals: Location, type, program and size is subject to MI

acceptance as indicated in Overview of this document.

C. Retail Management:

1. MI Leased Space: If MI leases retail concessions, at a minimum, provide

unfinished “shell” space with access to mechanical, plumbing and electrical.

a. Access to and dependence on the property’s facilities, services, and

employees is restricted.

b. Leased Retail must compliment the overall property retail program and
not compete with other outlets restricted.

2. Non-MI Management: Specialty Retail spaces are included in the property

program under limited conditions when reviewed and approved by MI.

a. Facilities and services of any such general Retail space not approved or
directly managed by MI are separate and independent of the property
and therefore not located within, proximate to, or associated with the
property.

D. Relationship: Generally, use the following criteria to guide the design of leased
retail area facilities.

1. Shopping Area: Position and design as independent and self-contained

facilities. Restrict access to and dependence on the property’s Back-of-
House, service and dock areas.

360 Retail Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 2. Guest Access: Access from connecting gallery from main Reception and
Lobby; securable and controlled by property management.

3. General Public Access: From an independent arcade entrance, separate

from the property.

4. Facades: Design layouts and facades to maintain consistent and uniform

merchandising. Provide equal or better quality than that of the hotel or resort.

E. Leased Conditions:

1. Storefronts: Provide complete storefronts and shell space.

2. P.O.S.: Leased spaces are not connected to property P.O.S. system. See
<13A>.

3. Telephones: Provide a minimum of two outside phone lines per tenant. See
<13A>.

4. Loss Prevention: Provide conduit and wire for duress alarm to each tenant.
See <16>.

5. HVAC: Provide dedicated HVAC unit. See <15A>.

6. Electric Service: Provide 40 amp minimum electrical panel for each tenant
space. Design Team provides a recommendation for separate metering of
each tenant space. See <15C>.

7. Retail Displays: Provide lighted retail displays, as acceptable to MI, either

built-in or as freestanding fixtures as designed by the Interior / Retail
Designer.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Retail 361
 5.6 Coordination

A. Property Infrastructure:

1. Audio / Visual: Provide A/V to support the Brand voice with background
music. Include a sound system as an independent retail system with ceiling
speakers or a dedicated channel of a central property sound system with
individual content zone and volume controls. Conceal speakers in ceiling and
locate control discreetly in non-merchandise area. See <13B>.

2. HVAC: Locate required thermostats, vent ducts, receptacles and alarms

discreetly in non-merchandise spaces. See <15A>.

3. Utilities: Conceal utilities in the wall or floor. Vertical utility poles are not
permitted. Coordinate with <13A>, <13B>, <15A>, <15B> and <15C>.

4. Discreetly locate data and power lines and alarm system controls in non-
merchandise, retail spaces. Coordinate with <2A>, <13A> and <15C>.

5. Coordinate outlet boxes with the interior design and millwork layout.

B. Lighting: Coordinate retail display, feature / decorative and general lighting with
interior design. Coordinate high-end retail lighting ambiance with surrounding
light levels. See <15C>.

1. General Lighting: Provide pleasing light levels while spot lighting products.

a. Ambient Lighting: Include recessed LED lighting with 480 to 540 lux (45
to 50 FC) at 76 cm (30 inch) AFF.

b. Accent Lighting: Provide accent lighting at 1500 to 2000 vertical lux (150
to 200 vertical FC) to highlight wall displays.

2. Perimeter Lighting: Provide recessed track with halogen or LED adjustable

downlights.

3. Decorative Lighting: Provide a variety of lighting, located in display windows

and at key points in the space.

4. Dimmers: Provide lighting on dimmers to enable light levels to transition

throughout the day in sync with adjacent public space.

5. Controls: Locate lighting controls behind the desk or in the office. Do not
locate in Lobby or public areas or within display walls.

6. Task: Provide task lighting above the P.O.S. area.

C. References: Coordinate with requirements of other Chapters.

• Lobby Areas

362 Retail Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 • Food & Beverage
• Food & Beverage - BOH
• Technology Infrastructure
• Audio / Visual
• Fire Protection & Life Safety
• Mechanical
• Plumbing
• Electrical
• Loss Prevention

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Retail 363
 EUROPE

Marriott Hotels
meeting spaces

globaldesignstrategies

designstandards
December 2020 | franchised
 Table of Contents

6.1 Overview 367

6.2 Design Fundamentals - General 368
6.3 Configuration and Arrangement - General 372
6.4 Acoustics - General 374
6.5 Infrastructure - General 375
6.6 Lighting - General 381
6.7 Communications - General 382
6.8 Audio - General 383
6.9 Visual Display - General 383
6.10 Signage - General 383
6.11 Pre-function Spaces 384
6.12 Ballrooms 388
6.13 Breakout (Meeting) Rooms 394
6.14 Boardroom 396
6.15 Event Hub 401
6.16 VIP / Speaker Ready Room 403
6.17 Exterior Function Spaces 405
6.18 Meeting Services Overview - Support Facilities 406
6.19 Public Toilets 407
6.20 Management Offices 407
6.21 Business Center 408
6.22 Banquet Service Offices 408
6.23 Catering Showroom 408
6.24 Coffee & Water Service Stations 409
6.25 Service Corridors - BOH 409
6.26 Beverage Storage 411
6.27 Banquet Storage 412
6.28 Public Support Spaces 413
6.29 Florist & Floral Preparation 415
6.30 Sound Equipment 415
6.31 Audio/Visual Equipment Storage Rooms 416
6.32 Operable Partitions 417
6.33 Coordination 423

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 365
 chapter organization
• This chapter is a part of an integrated series of Chapters.
• This chapter is a part of an integrated series of Chapters.

definitions
• Design Standard: a minimum requirement to be fulfilled
without exception
• Best Practice: a recommended design guideline, practice or
way to execute a design standard
• Expanded Information: an explanation of a design standard
or best practice
• Reference (internal): a reference to another document /
section within the design standards or to a design strategy /
guide within the brand standards
Exception: Fire Protection & Life Safety Design
Standard references are to external codes only

Marriott Confidential & Proprietary Information

The contents of the Design Standards are confidential and proprietary to

Marriott International, Inc. and may not be reproduced, disclosed, distributed
or used without the express permission of an authorized representative of
Marriott.

English is the official and binding language of these design standards. The
translated versions are provided as a courtesy only and are not controlling
and have no legal effect.

366 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 6.1 Overview

A. Program: Provide property meeting and event spaces as required by the project
Facilities Program to meet market demands and to include a series of rooms that
accommodate a variety of guest meetings, conferences and social gatherings.

1. Spaces:Accommodate the following function and support spaces:

• Pre-function Spaces
• Ballrooms
• Breakout / Meeting Rooms
• Boardrooms
• Event Hub
• VIP / Green Room
• Catering Showroom
• Public Support Spaces
• BOH Function Service Spaces
• Banquet Storage
• Sound Equipment
• A / V Equipment Storage

2. In larger properties and where required by the project Facilities Program, the
function spaces may include an Exhibit Hall, Flex Hall, Breakout Areas and
additional Ballrooms to support a larger scale conference center program for
trade shows and exhibits. Contact MI for design criteria for these spaces.

B. Meeting Spaces - Defined:

1. The terms “Function Spaces”, "Event Spaces" and “Meeting Spaces”

are used interchangeably, having the same meaning.

2. Pre-function Spaces: Each Meeting, Function and Event Space requires a

Pre-function area with requirements based upon the specific space needs.
The Ballroom Pre-function requires dedicated spaces.

3. Ballrooms: Multi-functional, column free meeting and event spaces with high
quality finishes.
• Finishes are at the highest quality level.
• Salons: Ballrooms are divided into smaller meeting spaces called salons.

4. Breakout / Meeting Rooms: Divided or built spaces grouped together and

associated with specific ballrooms; serving as independent meeting areas.

5. Boardroom: This room has a dedicated reception area, fixed furniture and a
high level of finishes.

6. Event Hub: The Event Hub is the link between the Meeting Spaces and the

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 367
 rest of the hotel. Event hubs, especially those that offer F&B, help to create
effective collaborative environments.

C. Exterior Function Spaces: See criteria at the end of this Chapter and
coordinate with requirements in <1>.

6.2 Design Fundamentals - General

A. General: Provide Meeting Space facilities with applicable subdivisions, operable

or built partitions, pocket doors, pre-function area, service entrances. Design and
furnish spaces to relate to the design narrative. See below for general and
specific meeting space criteria and design requirements.

B. Finishes: Provide high quality finishes consistent with the project’s programmed
spaces and overall design narrative. Acoustically absorptive and diffusive
treatments are highly recommended. See <GR4>.

1. Floors: Carpet or combination of carpeting with hard surface accents for

smaller rooms and Pre-function areas.
• If floor boxes are included in carpeted floors, the carpet and padding must
be double glued down to prevent rolling loads from crawling and tearing at
floor boxes.

2. Walls: Materials that reflect the design concept. Detailed stained or painted
millwork consisting of large scaled base and trim utilizing complementary
architectural finishes and details such as crown moldings integrated with
wallcovering, upholstered panels, stone accents, and / or wood panels with
decorative wall lighting. Integrate moldings with decorative elements such as
mirrors and wall sconces.
• Wallcovering: Vinyl
• Fabric Panels Manufacturer: Whisperwall or equal

a. Provide integral metal corner guards (not exposed plastic guards) at

locations subject to impact from moving and portable equipment.

b. A significant portion of the wall surfaces between the chair rails and the
ceiling will require acoustically absorptive and/or acoustically diffusive
treatment to control noise and reverberation.

3. Ceilings:

a. Provide a combination of drop-in or interlocking smooth surface acoustic

ceiling tile, that conveys an upscale appearance, and multi-level,
architecturally detailed ceilings.

368 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 b. The ratio of drop-in to hard, smooth surface finish ceiling area is based
on the acoustic consultant’s analysis for the function spaces (Pre-
function, Ballrooms, Breakout Rooms and Boardroom).

c. Coordinate and minimize grilles, diffusers, access panels, sprinkler

heads, hang points and cove lighting with design and finishes.

d. In open concept ceilings provide the HVAC systems with proper noise
and vibration control treatment to minimize radiated mechanical noise
into the space below.

C. Doors: Incorporate millwork details, door casing, wood panels, with similar
materials to complement the wall design and public areas. Scale appropriately for
ceiling height.

1. Door Swing: 180 degrees lay flat against wall in open position.

2. Door Hardware: See <GR3> for typical hardware requirements and

recommended installation locations.

3. Egress: Provide panic hardware and closers, regardless of the doors’ fire or
smoke rating. See <14>.

4. Locks: Electronic lock system (same as guestroom) preferred. Key operated

locks are acceptable if provided with removable cylinders for convenient
security cylinder replacements.

5. Viewport (peep-hole): Looking into function space from Pre-function and

Service Corridor side.

6. Kick Plate: Allow 25 cm (10 inch) minimum below trim molding for kick plate
at Ballroom side.

7. Edge Angle: Provide protective meeting stile brass edge angle at Ballroom
side of service and Ballroom doors.

8. Door Hardware Finish: Match hardware with the interior design theme.

9. Door Holders: Provide electromagnetic door holder devices with built-in 24

Volt controller.

a. Fire Alarm System: Coordinate with <14>. Connect to FACP and to

power (see <15C>) to automatically release doors by a signal from the
FACP.

b. Release Switch: Provide a wall mounted, momentary release switch,

adjacent to each door.

c. Mounting & Blocking: Mount the door holder to substantial and

permanently secured, built-in wood blocking or steel reinforcement in

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 369
 stud wall framing (not just attached to gypsum board) or anchor into
masonry walls.

10.Door & Frame Material:Provide hollow steel (for durability and hardware
coordination) or solid wood (do not provide gypsum core doors). Hollow steel
frame, 1.52 mm (U.S. 16 gauge) minimum with fully welded joints.

11.A / V Cabling: Provide for cable routing through an architrave built around
and over doorways on the Meeting Room side. Design into the millwork and
detail to permit audio and visual cabling for power, sound, communication,
etc. to avoid taping cables to floors that may cross door entrances. Allow
approximately 76 mm (3 inch) for cable size.

D. Furniture, Fixtures & Equipment (FF&E) - General:

1. Design Concept: Design and select FF&E products and materials appropriate
for commercial application.

2. FF&E Criteria:See <GR4> for Public Space FF&E products criteria.

3. Seating: Provided under FF&E package.

a. Upholstery Materials: Leather and fabrics suitable for heavy commercial

use.

b. Banquet Chairs: Provide chair ganging (interlocking) device. See <14> .

4. Softgoods: Treat material with required and appropriate fire retardant

treatment and soil protection treatments.

5. Casegoods: Select furniture pieces that are scaled and of a high quality
adequate for public space use.

a. Cabinets: Provide millwork cabinets and counters with engineered stone

or polished and sealed stone tops.

b. Top Protection: Include natural stone, quartz or tempered glass top

protection with polished edge for credenzas, console and cocktail tables,
and end and side tables.

6. Window Treatment:

a. Breakout / Meeting Space: Provide drapery treatment and blackout

capabilities or motorized blackout shades. Provide easy to operate
remote drapery control.

b. Event Spaces: Drapery treatment and motorized solar shade where

windows are located.

7. Art & Artifacts: Place artwork in featured locations with appropriate lighting.

370 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 Coordinate with fire safety devices. Submit to MI for review and acceptance.

E. Windows & Safety Glass: For window, glass / glazing and safety glass
criteria, see and <16>.

F. Steps, Stairs, Ramps & Slip Resistance:See <16>.

G. Natural Light: Provide natural daylight in Meeting Spaces (Ballroom, Breakout

(Meeting) Room, Boardroom & Pre-function) through the use of windows.
Coordinate the following:

1. HVAC: Verify that heating and cooling capacities account for window loads.

2. Skylights: Daylight from skylights is difficult to control and exclude (blackout),

and typically not recommended.

H. Interior Landscaping:Live flowering plants only.

I. Wall Mounted Systems Devices: Carefully select locations for wall-mounted

outlets (power, data, A/V, etc.) and controls. Minimize guest views of the
following system devices and coordinate locations with interior design.

1. Group and integrate devices into finishes and area architectural details in a
functional, efficient manner that reduces visual clutter.

a. Utilize a recessed wall mounted access panel that combines the AV

inputs / outputs, data, power, etc. into one location.

2. Locate devices and fixtures to protect them from damage during event setup
and tear-down operations. For device and fixture types, see <13B> and
<15C>.

3. Locate lighting and environmental controls and A/V controls in a niche behind
metal wall boxes or in high finish spaces behind hinged, millwork access
doors on function space walls. Locate at typical control height above finished
floor.
• Design with a pass-thru so door can be closed when cables are in use.
• Integrate utility service panels into wall designs without compromising
required wall sound transmission class and fire rating.

J. Fire Protection & Life Safety Devices & Equipment: Coordinate with <14>.

1. Exit Signs:Recess in walls, if permitted by governing code.

2. Fire Extinguisher Cabinets:If required, solid front, paint to match background

color, if permitted by governing regulations.

K. Occupancy Load Factor: For exit capacity, see <14>.

L. Mechanical & Electrical: See: <15A> and <15C>.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 371
 1. Environment: In order to maintain guest comfort, verify that heating and
cooling variations caused by natural light, artificial light, heat and humidity
from occupants are considered in the environmental control design.

2. Accessories:
• For mechanical and electrical grilles, plates, doors, accessories, etc., where
applicable, match or conceal devices within surrounding wall and ceiling
finish. See <15C> and <13A>.
• Align devises in an orderly configuration using ganged cover plates to the
maximum extent.

6.3 Configuration and Arrangement - General

A. Space Planning: Design Meeting Spaces to provide comfortable and high quality
guest experiences while allowing employees to efficiently perform services.

1. Study: Conduct a staging study to identify meeting types and typical object
wall locations the spaces are intended to accommodate. The staging study
and object wall locations provide the primary design criteria required by
related disciplines to ensure their designs provide appropriate system
infrastructure and services. Related disciplines include lighting, sound, visual
display, rigging and structural support, electrical power and communications,
etc.

2. Separate Meeting Spaces from Guestrooms, Guestroom Corridors, Public

Spaces, primary guest Entry and Lobby space to minimize the impact on
guest check-in.

3. Provide dedicated shuttle elevators when elevators are required to access

Meeting Spaces from public areas. Avoid using the guestroom tower
elevators for function floor access because of delays, guest floor controlled
access and circulation conflicts between guest and public. See <12>.

4. Provide Meeting Spaces with access to Back-of-House (BOH) service, see

<8B> and <9>. The overall circulation concept requires separate function
Service Corridor access to avoid the other BOH corridors.

a. Service Entry: Ideally, provide two service entries at large Ballroom and
Meeting divisions so one is utilized as an entry and one as an exit for
banquet staff serving the space. This arrangement allows centering a
projection screen on the object wall without blocking the service entry.
Service entries provide emergency egress and cannot be blocked with
staging, projection screens, etc.

372 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 b. Provide convenient service access to beverage station, pantry, ice
station, plating room, storage, A/V room, etc.

5. In addition to providing a series of meeting spaces, integrate a distinctive

design organization that focuses on elements such as a prominent view,
major architectural or aquatic feature such as a garden, grand stair, fountain
or market responsive theme.

6. Production Entry: Large function areas benefit from utilizing a large door
opening direct to the service corridor to expedite the movement of event
production equipment, tables, chairs, maintenance vehicles, etc. The door is
closed when events are in progress

a. Location: Between function space direct to service corridor at rear

wall or service vestibule.

b. Door Widths: 1.8 m (6 ft.) and 2.4 (8 ft.)

7. Exhibit Entrance:When required by the project Facilities Program, provide an

exhibit entrance door based on function space size and market.

a. Location: Coordinate opening location with Interior Design and finishes.

• Design doors and access inconspicuous as possible and to withstand
repeated use.
• Typically, place door in back wall connected to service corridor.

b. Door Size: 3 (w) x 3 m (h) (10 x 10 ft.) minimum

c. Fire Rating: Maintain fire rating of function space wall.

d. Acoustics: See “Acoustic Environment” for exterior building doors

and windows.

e. Pathway: Provide 3m (10ft.) wide clear path from exterior to function

space.

f. Vehicle Routing: In applicable function spaces, provide vehicle /

equipment routing to clear chandeliers, into and around planned exhibits.

B. Resource: See Meeting Space Guidelines document for supplemental

information and design guidelines.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 373
 6.4 Acoustics - General

A. Acoustic Environment: Coordinate with <13B>.

1. Building Envelope: Select products to provide appropriate sound isolation

characteristics. For building envelope requirements, see <1> for “Acoustic
Control”. Provide exterior construction, including doors and windows, so that
environmental noise (including aircraft, road traffic, etc.) does not adversely
affect the interior functions and events.

2. Room Acoustics - Surface Treatment Materials:

a. Coordinate material selections with Interior Design as applicable.

b. Provide acoustically absorptive treatment on walls, ceiling and deck as

required to achieve the required reverberation time (RT60) for excellent
speech intelligibility.

c. On walls, provide acoustical treatment to reduce the impact of sound

reflections from portable speakers used for multimedia events in large
function spaces.

3. Airborne Sound Insulation: To obtain field airborne sound insulation

performances (ASTC) equivalent to the required acoustic design ratings
(STC), construct wall assemblies to form a continuous airtight sound barrier
around operable partitions, at the floor, at the wall above partition and at
partition storage pocket details.

4. Flanking & Permanent Walls:

a. STC 55 minimum; sound isolate the function spaces from surrounding

and adjoining spaces so events are not adversely affected by adjacent
functions. For exterior walls, see Building Exterior in <1>.

b. Construct walls continuous from floor to deck structure above and fully
seal voids and allowable penetrations.

c. IIC 57 minimum required to minimize noise from adjoining space above

5. Service Corridors: Minimize noise from service corridors by providing proper

wall design and construction and coordinated with <15A>, HVAC design.

a. Provide service entry vestibules with good quality doors designed to

serve as sound locks.

b. Avoid locating noisy equipment such as ice machines immediately

adjacent to a common wall or directly across from the service entry
vestibule.

374 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 c. Provide joint-free floor surfaces in service corridors to minimize noise
from rolling carts and equipment.

6. HVAC & Building Mechanical Systems: Design systems (see <15A>) to

minimize acoustical interference:

a. Layout HVAC system ductwork 1.2m (4ft.) minimum from operable

partitions.

b. Extend ductwork from above and behind function space Service Corridor,
above and into subdivision ceiling spaces.

c. Route ductwork and other building services to avoid penetrating partitions

above operable partitions.

d. See Chapter <15A> for maximum allowed noise level from mechanical
equipment.

7. Doors: Sound-attenuation seals are required at doors.

6.5 Infrastructure - General

A. Structural: Design and coordinate loading requirements with the project’s

structural engineer based on use of space.

1. Floor Live Loads:

a. Ballroom & Prefunction: In Ballrooms provide structural system

responsive to dance floor vibration loading.

2. Elevated Work Platforms: If horizontal features can be accessed by

personnel, provide reinforced, flat platform surfaces to support persons,
equipment, tools, installation items to facilitate workers mounting and
installing decorations, signage, etc.

B. Overhead Support, Rigging and Hang Utilities: Event participants and their
production companies typically customize the meeting space to suit their needs
by temporarily installing lights, speakers, projectors, banners and a variety of
other props supported from the ceiling. Provide permanent rigging points,
attached to the structure above the event space to raise and support
entertainment production equipment. Rigging points are used in unison to
support aligned loads. Loads are temporary, lasting the duration of an event.
Provide the following:
• Powered lighting / rigging points
• Passive fixed rigging points
• Banner tracks
• Light pipes

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 375
 1. By providing permanent rigging points and tracks at the ceiling, the
following advantages are created.
• Damage to ceilings and walls is reduced.
• Production costs can be reduced.
• Event turn times can be reduced.
• Event space flexibility produces higher quality events.
• Floor mounted equipment and wires are minimized, resulting in fewer
tripping opportunities and better site lines.
• A wider variety of events can be accommodated.
• Permanent rigging points are safer and more dependable than temporary
rigging.

2. Provide rigging points, attached to the structure above the event space to
raise entertainment production equipment. Rigging points are used in unison
to support aligned loads. Loads are temporary, lasting the duration of an
event.

C. Design and Requirements:

1. Planning:

a. Rigging points are typically accessed through a small hatch in the

ceiling with an approximately 8” circular cover that remains in the ceiling
during use.

b. The “motorized" or "static loading” requirement is driven by the height

and square footage of the event space. The number of points used and
load types vary

c. Location: Do not locate points based strictly on a ceiling esthetic,

which will reduce their operational value. Do not provide points to support
operable partition track or sound baffle components. Use dimensioned
ceiling plan to locate points.

d. Coordinate points so they are not obstructed or impinged by MEP

elements or architectural details.

2. Construction Standards: Provide and install rigging points in accordance with

the following rigging industry governing standards and the most recent ANSI
standard release of E1.56.

a. International Code of Practice for Entertainment Rigging (ICoPER)

b. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)

c. Entertainment Services & Technology Association (ESTA)

d. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)

376 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 3. Design - General: Layout rigging points in a grid array configuration to
support the hanging of production trussing and equipment.

a. Inspection: Locate hardware, components and structural attachments

visible for annual inspection purposes.

b. Each rigging point shall be orthogonally aligned in a grid pattern relative

to the other points and be less than or equal to 5 cm (2 inches) of
absolute alignment along the length of each grid line. This minimizes
potential lateral loading. Simultaneous usage of multiple points is typical
and is factored into the rigging plan design

c. For optimal load ratings, design the spans between points to be between
457 to 670 cm (15 to 22 ft.) in every direction with perimeter points
located a maximum of 152 cm (5 ft.), and a minimum of 30.5 cm (1 ft.)
from a wall.

d. Coordinate the layout, quantity and locations, of the hang points with
lighting, infrastructure and ceiling design to accommodate the anticipated
staging layouts, considering both business and social functions. When
possible, locate rigging points in the highest interior ceiling space for the
best possible production and operational value (show truss, lights,
projectors, speakers, etc.) Locate out of view of guests.

4. Design - Rooms greater than 325 m² (3,500 sq. ft.) with finished ceiling
heights greater than 4.6 m (15 ft.).

a. Rigging points are designed and constructed to receive motorized loads

(used with chain hoists) to meet end user’s operational expectations.

b. Rigging points to be rated for a minimum of 454 Kg (1,000 lbs.) while 907
Kg (2,000 lbs). is sometimes desired for larger event spaces. The
working load limit must account for the total potential load applied to both
the building structure and rigging point assemblies, with a safety factor of
1.5 to accommodate the use of electric hoists and potential impact
loading overhead.

c. Design and build rigging points to withstand rotational forces due to chain
or wire rope twist.

d. Materials and hardware not specifically calculated and engineered for the
attachment design must provide a working load rating with a 5:1 safety
factor per industry standards (e.g., shackles, wire rope, chain, beam
clamps, custom steel attachments, etc.)

e. Provide rigging points engineered and built for a 20 degree lateral pull in
every directions under their designed working load limits (chain hoists

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 377
 can produce lateral towing).

f. Use mechanical or adhesive thread locking for hardware connections to

prevent loosening of hardware due to vibration during use. (Marking or
torque striping of hardware for inspection and tracking rotation is
recommended.)

5. Design - Rooms less than 325 m² (3,500 sq. ft.) with finished ceiling heights
greater than 4.6 m (15 ft.).

a. Rigging points are designed and constructed to receive static or “vertical”

loads to meet end user ‘s operational expectations.

b. Rigging points to be rated at a minimum of 227 Kg (500 lbs), while 1,000

lbs is typically desired. The working load limit must account for the total
potential load applied to both the building structure and rigging point
assemblies

c. Provide Banner Track around the periphery of the space and along both
sides of any operable partition tracks.

6. Design - Rooms less than 325 m² (3,500 sq. ft.) with finished ceiling heights
less than 4.6 m (15 ft.).

a. Provide an array of smaller powered lighting / rigging points for these

spaces.
• Locate to provide both lighting and projector support to serve the
anticipated object of attention locations determined in the A/V
consultant’s staging study.
• Load ratings for these powered lighting / rigging points are reduced to
250 pounds since they are not intended to be used with chain hoists or
heavily loaded trusses.

b. Smaller versions of both the SkyBox and Busports are available for these
purposes.

7. Design Process Requirements:

a. Provide a structural engineering design package.

• Detail of construction method
• Per point load rating, accounting for the total potential load applied to
the building and the rig point, busport, light bar assemblies
• "Intended Use" language for motorized or static loading as outlined
• Final plot locations
• Inspection criteria

b. Load Testing:
• Perform on each passive and powered rigging point

378 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 • Provide load test report
• Provide photos of each point under load at 150% of WLL (working load
limit) with a dynamometer attached to prove weight loading. Provide
drawing detailing points tested in coordination with photos and failure
analysis, if any.

D. Powered Lighting / Rigging Points: Required to accommodate production of

shows, exhibits and other events in ballroom and meeting room spaces. In
addition to being used to support production trussing, these devices allow for
direct attachment and powering of individual lighting instruments, projectors, and
powered speakers with or without the use of trussing.

1. Devices are concealed above access hatches when not in use and
revealed when needed. The access hatches are most suited to gypsum or
wood finished ceilings. Lay-in ceiling tiles may be moved aside for access to
the rigging points. The devices are also able to accept standard lighting
fixtures with lighting clamps, as well as projector mounts.

2. The points may be equipped with short light pipes and convenience
technical power, a dimmable lighting circuit, and AVnet tie line signal circuits
within the device for easy connection to AV production and lighting
equipment.

3. Provide devices that are equipped with swivel hoist rings to accept
chain motors, slings, and hoists to properly support trussing.

4. When used to support lighting instruments, it is important that the

lighting outlets be remotely dimmable. This requirement is best supported by
wiring the twist-lock receptacles in the powered lighting / rigging points to a
quantity of dedicated dimming modules architectural dimming rack area. The
quantity of dimming modules may be limited (minimum 12 channels) by
providing a dimming patch board (by the Electrical Contractor). This also
accommodates the use of portable dimmers to increase the dimmed circuit
capacity,

5. Manufacturers: Manufacturers shall conform to the performance criteria

listed in this document. Manufacturers who currently provide acceptable
products include, but are not limited to, the following:
• SkyBox manufactured by FSR
• Busport manufactured by LiteLab

E. Passive Fixed Rigging Points:

• In the biggest ballrooms with a large quantity of rigging points (typically larger
than 20,000 sq. ft.), and in “open web” style ceilings, provide passive versions of
the rigging points for 50% of the locations interspersed between the powered
rigging points; this offers a more economical way to meet the requirements.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 379
 • The passive fixed rigging points may be the same SkyBox devices without
electrical or signal circuit connection. Alternately, passive rigging points may be
simply equipped with a load-rated swivel hoist ring properly supported by the
structure above.
• Load rating must be the same as for Powered Lighting/Rigging points described
above.

F. Light Pipes: Light pipes are used for hanging and powering individual
smaller A/V items, projectors, lights, etc. Providing permanent passive and
powered rigging points and tracks at the ceiling, create the following advantages.

• Damage to ceilings and walls is reduced.

• Event production setup, strike, and turn times, costs are reduced.
• Event space flexibility produces higher quality events.
• Floor mounted equipment and less loose cabling provides cleaner and safer
meeting environments.
• A wider variety of events can be accommodated.
• Permanent rigging points are safer and more dependable than temporary
rigging.

1. Light pipes load rating is typically limited to 34 kg (75 pounds) per 30

cm (1 foot) of length with a 2:1 safety factor. This rating is not sufficient to
support heavy production equipment such as trusses.

2. Light Pipes may be implemented as fixed loaded rigging points (no

motorized loads). Light pipes are combined with power outlets installed
nearby at intervals of every to 122 to 244 cm (4 to 8 ft). Load rating for these
heavy-duty light pipes is the same as for powered lighting / rigging points
described above.

3. Light pipes are combined with plugging strips or power outlets spaced
every four to eight feet located near the light pipes. These outlets are a
combination of convenience technical power and dimmed circuits as
described for powered lighting / rigging points.

G. Floor Boxes: Design floor boxes and raceways that provide flexibility for staging,
arranging and placing event features while maintaining a high quality aesthetic
and safe environment.

1. Provide load-rated floor boxes to withstand heavy loads without distorting and
must be “scrub-water” tight to prevent damage when carpets are steam
cleaned or liquids are spilled.

2. Floor Box Carpet: Since floor boxes are fixed to the structure, provide “double
glue down” carpet (the carpet pad is glued to the floor slab and then the
carpet is glued to the pad).

380 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 3. Location: Design floor box locations, quantity and arrangement by a careful
staging study to precisely locate floor boxes to provide the most effective
service.

4. Conduit & Cable Trays: See <13B>.

H. Banner Tracks: Banner Tracks provide support for banners, flags and drapes.
They also serve as “pick points” for production cabling and to support feature
lighting.

1. Install at perimeter of walls 15 cm (6 inch) from the wall surface, coordinated

with the ceiling design and operable wall tracks.

2. Fabricate banner tracks from “Kindorf” or “Unistrut” , structural steel

channels, semi-recessed in ceiling. The design point-load rating for banner
tracks is 75 pounds per linear foot of track, with a 2:1 safety factor.

6.6 Lighting - General

A. General:Provide lighting systems with a minimum of four scene (settings) plus full
on and off, preset / control station, and remote control (wired or wireless). If video
conferencing, projections, streaming or video recording is anticipated frequently,
provide black-out curtains on all windows. Coordinate with <15C>.

1. Locations: Light fixture locations have priority over location of speakers,

grilles, fire protection devices, and similar exposed items. Coordinate fixture
placement to create aesthetically pleasing patterns and coordinate with
Interior Design.

2. Ceiling Fixture Requirements:Generally, ceiling fixtures weigh 400kg (900lbs)

and are 2.5m (8ft.) diameter. Review load and structural support details with
structural engineer and MI.

a. Determine details required for seismic loads and acoustic control such as
spring mounting details.

b. Secure fixtures to structure above with stainless steel safety cable.

c. Provide electric winch control equipment to lower / raise fixtures for

service, maintenance and raising them when the production requirements
call for greater clear height. Winching mechanisms allows ceiling fixtures
to be lighted in both the raised and lowered positions.

d. Dimming: Provide a multi-channel, programmable dimming system to

allow manual and preset control with a wired or wireless remote control

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 381
 interface.

B. Fixtures:

1. Wall Sconces:Mount to walls with maximum 10 cm (4inch) projection when

less than 2.03m (6’-8”) above finish floor.

2. Ceiling Fixtures: Provide dimmable ceiling fixtures with decorative and

lighting elements while avoiding interference with production requirements.

3. Decorative Fixtures: Provide dimmable wall sconces, wall washers, and down
lights. Locate on smooth ceilings (gypsum board, plaster, etc.) Do not install
fixture directly on ceiling tile system.

4. Indirect: Provide indirect lighting, typically cove lighting, with dimmable or

two-level switching.

5. Feature Lighting: Provide independently controlled feature lighting (light pipes

or retractable powered lighting supports) for stages, lecterns, platforms, head
tables, etc.

6. Light Level: Provide a minimum of 323 lux (30 foot-candles) at tabletop

surfaces. Provide consistent light levels throughout the area without “hot-
spots” or dark areas.

6.7 Communications - General

A. Property Technology: Design Meeting Space communications systems that

accommodate guests' requirements and expectations for connectivity. See
<13A>.

1. Wired Internet: Provide wired Internet access connections throughout on AV

I/O plates. Provide a minimum of two wired Internet access points in each
room, section and breakout.

a. Note: Some government agencies, government contractors, and

some private sector clients do not accept wireless Internet connections
for meetings.

2. Wireless Internet Access Points (WAPS): Provide wireless Internet access

points throughout. See <13A> for requirements.

3. Cellular Voice & Data: Provide cellular voice and data service throughout with
dead-spots reduced or eliminated. See <13A> for requirements.

382 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 6.8 Audio - General

A. Equipment: Provide state-of-the-art technology in keeping with current Brand

Standards. See <13B> for detailed criteria.

6.9 Visual Display - General

A. Equipment: Provide visual display systems that accommodate, support, and

optimize the visual communication for attendees and presenters using built-in
and portable visual display and projection technologies. See <13A> and <13B>
for criteria.

6.10 Signage - General

A. Graphics & Signage: See <GR2> and <16>.

1. Occupancy Loads:Posted according to governing code.

2. Locations: Coordinate signs, electronic reader boards and graphic locations

with lighting, wall millwork and detailing; allow for door swing and door
clearance.

3. Entrance Signs: Coordinate function space and room identification signage

and graphic locations to avoid obstruction when function space entrance
doors are held in open position.

4. Exit Signs: Attractively integrate egress signage into the wall design, and
locate for visibility when the room is setup for a function.

B. Digital Signage: See <13B> for detailed criteria.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 383
 6.11 Pre-function Spaces

A. Program: Provide dedicated pre-function spaces for Meeting Spaces such as

Ballrooms and Breakout (Meeting) Rooms.

1. Design a Pre-function space that adapts to different uses, depending on the

events being hosted. Provide flexible furniture and technology that allows the
Pre-function space to be utilized for casual work, but also take on other roles
such as a branding showpiece, a check-in area, a service station etc.

2. Accommodate space for assembly, reception, registration / coat rooms,

intermission activities, public toilets, etc.

3. When Meeting Rooms are not connected to a Ballroom Pre-function area,

provide a dedicated Meeting Room Pre-function area.

B. Design Fundamentals:

1. Finishes: See Design Fundamentals - General.

2. Doors:

a. Interior Doors: See “Meeting Spaces - General”. At Breakout (Meeting)

Rooms, Salon entrances and public spaces, provide wood doors and
frames with appropriately scaled articulated wood or stone casings.

b. Exterior Doors: Verify requirements with the project design team.

3. Windows: Provide views to outdoors through large scale windows wherever

possible.

a. Windows provide a connection to the project’s location and assist in

way-finding.

b. Provide sun shading at pre-function area windows and blackout capability

with 200% fullness, full length draperies if provided. Verify configuration
with project design team.

4. Artwork: Provide illuminated wall mounted artwork.

5. Natural Light: Provide natural light through windows.

C. Configuration & Arrangement:

1. Size / Area: See the project Facilities Program.

a. Area is 35% to 40% of net Ballroom and Meeting Room areas.

b. Corridor Width:4.6 m (15 ft.) minimum clear to accommodate emergency

exiting, partition pockets, food service set-up and socializing area.

384 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 c. Ceiling:3 m (10 ft.) minimum above floor. Higher ceilings are required for
large facilities.

2. Location:

a. Ballroom Pre-function: Extend Pre-function along front and sides of

Ballroom to serve Salons.

b. Provide convenient access to public support spaces and Public Toilets

<2A>.

c. Provide access to Banquet Service Corridors, Coat Rooms, Elevators,

Lobby, public support spaces, Property Internet (PI) and Wi-Fi <13A>.

3. Space Planning: Avoid use as main circulation path to other facilities, such as
Breakout (Meeting) Rooms or Boardroom.

a. Easily accessible from the Hotel entrance and Lobby

b. Provide service access from BOH Service Area to Pre-function and to

exterior function terraces. Direct access to exterior is desirable.

c. At large Ballrooms and event spaces, provide an exterior Pre-function

Porte Cochere, Entrance and Foyer similar, but secondary to main hotel
building entrance (to avoid confusing guests) if it is anticipated that since
function traffic (cars and guests) will congest the main building entrance
<2A>.

d. Food & Beverage: Provide for food & beverage setup and include
adjacent niches for coffee setup and service stands.

4. Seating Areas:Provide casual seating to accommodate relaxation and

conversation activities.

a. Provide furnishings that accommodate easy re-configuration and removal

by hotel staff.

b. Avoid obstruction of emergency egress.

D. Acoustics: See Acoustic - General criteria above. Select acoustic treatments to

minimize noise in pre-function spaces, so noise does not negatively impact
adjoining function spaces.

1. Walls: Provide sound rated walls to isolate function spaces from the Pre-
function and BOH spaces.

2. Vestibules: Provide vestibules for sound isolation at BOH spaces that adjoin
function spaces and Breakout (Meeting) Rooms.

E. Infrastructure: See Infrastructure - General above.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 385
 1. Banner Track Points:

a. Provide a series of 4 or more banner points at 61 to 91 cm (2 to 3 ft.)

apart in the area that would benefit from banners and signage. Banner
points to support 23 kg (50 lb.) load each.

b. Provide structural banner points at designated locations to support event

banners, signs and seasonal decorations, etc.

c. Install at perimeter of walls 15 cm (6 inch) from the wall surface.

d. Review and verify design loads, locations and unique hang point
locations and requirements with the project design team.

e. Locate banner points adjacent to meeting space entrances, above

registration areas and along the length of the Pre-function area.

2. Floor Boxes:

a. Pre-function designs may include islands of seating and potential food

service stations. Locate the floor boxes to prevent requiring the running of
cables to these locations. Design dedicated outlets to support cooking
and other equipment.

b. In large Pre-function spaces provide covered trenches or empty PVC

conduits from the periphery to one or more locations within the center
area of the space.

c. At glazed walls, provide floor boxes flush with floor.

3. Power: Provide standard dedicated duplex electrical outlets in sufficient

quantity and at convenient locations to avoid placing cords across guest entry
or service doorways. See <15C>

a. Locate one outlet adjacent to all Ballroom and Meeting Room doors.

b. Provide adjacent to sound system input / output plates and AVnet

connector panels.

c. Some Pre-function designs may include islands of seating arrangements.

Provide convenience outlets in these areas for guest charging as well as
outlets and USB ports in other easily accessible areas.

F. Lighting: See Lighting - General above.

G. Communications:

1. Wired Internet: Provide wired Internet access connections throughout Pre-

function spaces on AV I/O plates.

H. Audio System: Provide built-in sound reinforcement systems with distributed

386 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 ceiling speakers for spoken word and reproduction of recorded audio program
and background music for each Pre-function space.

1. Speakers:

a. Calculate the quantity of evenly spaced ceiling speakers for each Pre-
function space by dividing the overall area by (floor-to-ceiling dimension)
squared.

b. Provide speaker zone control to provide the capability to interconnect

these areas with adjacent function spaces for overflow functions. Provide
this function through the control system DSP and multiple amplifier
channels. Zone speakers for separate control in zones for mulitple events
that may occur next to each other.

2. Input / Output Plates: Strategically locate for connection to A/V and other
systems and coordinate with power outlet placement. Provide a minimum of
one plate at each major ballroom entrance. See <13B>.

3. Access Panels:Provide concealed power, microphone, A/V system and

controls, display power and telephone voice / data connections in wall access
panels (interior and exterior) of the Pre-function area. See <13B> and <15C>.

4. Equipment: The equipment serving the Pre-Function area is centrally co-

located with the associated meeting space A/V equipment.

5. Control: Systems are controlled by the control systems for the adjacent event
spaces.

I. Visual Display Systems: Provide a means to temporarily locate video / data

projectors at the ceiling and to temporarily attach projection screens at the
ceilings relative to the object walls and staging locations. See <13B>.
• Flat panel TV Screen: If a TV monitor is utilized, incorporate into room design.
Consult MI to determine equipment type.

J. Graphics & Signage: See <GR2>.

1. Identify each Meeting Space name, in support of the property’s visual

identity, such as Ballroom and Salons, in the Pre-function area via graphic
signage and electronic function boards at each primary room entrance.

2. Identify Meeting Space names at each space entrance and subdivision

entrance with easy to read graphics by most persons from approximately 18
m (60 ft).

3. Provide attractively detailed way-finding signs easily visible and designed to

fit the project’s narrative and location.

4. See <GR2> for electronic way-finding signs.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 387
 a. Meeting Information Display Systems (MIDS): Provide MIDS to supply
guests with information about where and when meetings are scheduled in
the hotel.

b. Primary Displays: Provide portrait-oriented, direct-view flat screen display

at decision point locations.

6.12 Ballrooms

A. Program:Provide large, column free Ballroom or multiple Ballrooms, dividable

with operable partitions.

1. Design Ballrooms to accommodate the following:

• Meetings such as Executive & Management Meetings
• Banquet and social functions
• Weddings and receptions

2. Bridal Suite & Dressing Rooms: See the project Facilities Program for
requirement. Adjacent to the Ballroom, provide dedicated and private spaces
with support areas for weddings and wedding functions including dressing
areas, men and women restrooms, and lounge area.

3. Typically, the Ballroom is the tallest public space accommodating floor to

ceiling height and mechanical / HVAC space and access above ceiling.

B. Design Fundamentals:

1. Finishes:

a. Floor & Base: Provide broadloom carpet, consistent with hotel design
narrative and design foundation documents, with scale and pattern
appropriate to Ballroom size. Provide large scale wood base.

b. Walls: Provide elegant and beautifully detailed walls. Integrate wall

coverings with wood chair rail, trim, door casings and molding to
complement base.
• Utilize decorative elements as room design features.
• Where appropriate, consider a wood display rail on at least one wall at
chair rail height with a tackable surface above.
• Integrate utility service panels into wall design.

2. Ceilings: Provide multi-leveled coffered ceilings integrated with recessed

lighting and decorative ceiling fixtures where appropriate.

a. Provide acoustical tile ceiling areas based on an acoustical engineer’s

388 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 analysis and coordinate with interior design for the intended space.

b. Option: An open ceiling system is an acceptable option for Ballrooms.

• Provide with decorative ceiling panels suspended beneath an open
(black field) ceiling for grilles, diffusers, sprinkler heads, hang points
(decorative or architectural lighting) and appropriate acoustic treatment to
create a unique design statement.
• Other architectural solutions may be proposed for MI review and
acceptance.

3. Doors: Comply with the above design fundamentals for “Doors” and provide
the following:

a. Entry Door:Minimum of 1 pair of 0.9 m (3 ft.) wide doors to each salon

(Ballroom subdivision).

b. Entry Door / Frame Moldings:Provide applied moldings on both sides of

frame, appropriately scaled and as selected by Interior Designer to match
décor.

c. Exhibit / Production Entry Door: Provide a large service area entry door
when the event market anticipates access for large props, equipment,
cars, buses and trucks. Minimum size is 3 x 3 m (10 x 10 ft.). Design the
door to maintain the acoustical isolation performance of the adjacent wall.

d. The front of the Ballroom has the service entry with direct access to the
service corridor with a continuous path to the exterior. If Ballroom
arrangement does not allow, locate Exhibit / Production Entry in an
alternative location that provides a more direct access to exterior.
Coordinate exhibit / production entry opening location and design with
interior design. Conceal the entry from guest view with a wall panel or
operable wall.

e. Ballroom Doors - Example

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 389
 4. Natural Light: Provide natural light through windows.

C. Configuration & Arrangement:

1. Size / Area:465 m² net (5,000 sq. ft.) minimum, high ceiling, rectangular
space. Floor area is determined by the project Facilities Program to meet
market demands.

a. Generally, Ballrooms are planned to be divided and accommodate 85 to

100 m² (900 to 1,100 sq. ft.) salons. Consult MI and the project Facilities
Program for Ballroom types.

b. MI reviews and studies Ballroom proportion as divided and undivided

rectangular spaces and confirms quantity of operable partitions.

c. Ceiling Height: See Example Ballroom Plan

d. Example Ballroom Plan & Section

390 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 2. Location: Typically, locate away from or outside guestroom tower footprint to
allow for a column free space. Position the Ballroom with the following spatial
connections:
• Access to major public circulation routes and lobby
• Pre-function
• Registration Desk (if provided)
• Bridal Suite and dressing room (options)
• Banquet service corridor, catering, BOH services
• Receiving Area, see <9>
• Storage, see <9>

3. Space Planning: Provide convenient service access to beverage station,

pantry, ice station, plating room, storage room, A/V room.

a. Ballroom Breakouts (Salons) - Subdivisions:Plan Ballroom breakout or

subdivision rooms based on the following:
• Configuration:Rectangular room plan; see example for proportions 1:1.8
to 1:2.2.
• Capacity:At a minimum, plan rooms to accommodate six, ten person
round tables and seating with service circulation (see example meeting

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 391
 room plan).
• Exits:Provide two exits for rooms 32 m² (350 sq.ft.) and larger. Partition
pass-doors are not recommended.

b. Control Booth: See <13B> and NextGen Meeting Spaces for

criteria.

4. Service Corridor:Connected by Service Vestibules behind function space.

See “Service Corridor - BOH” section in this Chapter.

5. Service Vestibule:Create service vestibules to control sound and light from

migrating from Service Corridor into function space and to manage
employees moving in and out of service area to and from guest side of
function space.

a. Configuration: In large function spaces, provide at minimum a vestibule

with a door opening into the service corridor as shown in Example Figure.

b. Door:Provide minimum of one service door for every 465 m² (5,000 sq.
ft.) of function space and divisible room.
• Size: 1.8m (6 ft.) wide door minimum.
• Lock: To secure room, provide same lock type required for Pre-function
doors.
• Hold Open: Not required.

c. Views: Minimize Guest view into BOH from function spaces.

d. Finishes: Continue Ballroom wall and ceiling finishes into vestibule space
(beyond opening from function space side).

e. Service Light: Provide “In Service” warning light and switch. Locate light
in Service Corridor adjacent to service door.

f. Lighting: Ensure lighting in vestibule is not directly visible to guests on the

function space side.

g. Minimize guest views of the system devices and coordinate locations with
interior design.
• Cable Access: Include supplementary "show power" service pass-
through openings with acoustical protection in banquet Service Corridor
walls at each dividable salon. Provide required electrical service for
function space exhibitors. See <15C>
• Lighting Controls: Coordinate with <15C>. Locate controls for function
space lighting at service vestibule with a secondary control at function
space entry in concealed hinged panel with touch release hardware.

h. Example Service Vestibule

392 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 D. Acoustics: See Acoustics - General above.

E. Infrastructure: See Infrastructure - General above.

1. Primary Head Table Locations

2. Example Ballroom Hang Points

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 393
 F. Lighting: See Lighting - General above.

G. Audio Systems: See <13B>.

1. Speakers: Provide concealed ceiling speakers in rooms 185 m2 (2,000

sq. ft.) and larger. Verify requirements with the project design team.

H. Visual Display Systems: Built-in visual display systems are not required in
Ballrooms, however provide video signal transport in each section and salon
using the AVnet system integrated with A/V input / output plates. See <13B>

6.13 Breakout (Meeting) Rooms

A. Program:Provide productive Meeting spaces as required by the project Facilities

Program.

1. Open Breakouts: Support collaborative work and the ability to network, Open
Breakouts are designed for impromptu meetings, and provide spaces for
individual work in open areas.

B. Design Fundamentals:

1. Finishes:See Design Fundamentals - General above.

2. Natural Light: Introduce natural light at windows; views preferred.

3. FF&E: See criteria and requirements in <GR4>.

a. Provide recess for built-in credenza style casepiece with stone top and
wood cabinetry for food and beverage service and to support mobile bar.

4. Entry Doors:

a. Door Finish: Match door materials with the interior design concept.
Include applied finish or decorative laminate, or painted finish and details
at public and service entrance doors selected by Interior Designer.

C. Configuration & Arrangement:

1. Size / Area:60 m² (650 sq. ft.) minimum net; quantity of Meeting Rooms is
dictated by the project Facilities Program.

a. Ceiling Height:3.6 m (12 ft.) above floor

394 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 b. Room Layouts:Various; no room narrower than 5.5 m (18 ft.).

2. Space Planning:Design Breakout (Meeting) Rooms to open to Pre-function

space separate from Ballrooms.

a. Pre-function Space: Similar to Ballroom criteria.

b. Provide foyers for Meeting Rooms when not adjacent to usable Pre-
function space.

3. Open Breakout: See Next Gen Meeting Spaces.

D. Acoustics: See "Acoustics - General" above and comply with criteria for acoustics
and Operable Partitions.

E. Infrastructure:

1. Some Breakout Rooms may be large enough, over 185 m² (2,000 sq.
ft.), to support small production events and would benefit from strategically
placed fixed rigging hang points. Locate at front edge of stage and head table
locations and in front of stage and head tables.

2. Provide projector support (may include retractable) in event spaces that are
greater than 93 m² (1,000 sq. ft.). These devices may be the same
construction as the retractable lighting supports, but are much shorter to fit in
tight ceilings, and are intended to only be used to support video projectors.

3. Banner Tracks: Provide structural steel banner tracks to allow for flexible
placement of lightweight production and décor elements, banners and
temporary signage.

4. Open Breakouts: Similar to Pre-function space.

F. Lighting: See Lighting - General above.

1. Provide independently controlled feature lighting (recessed, light pipes or

retractable powered lighting supports) to highlight presenters or features,
especially when room is used for video conferencing or webcasting.

2. Controls:Conceal programmable dimmers for lighting in panel at public /

guest door.

3. Open Breakouts: Provide dimmable wall sconces, wall washers, and down
lights and include task lighting as appropriate to the flexible arrangement.

G. Communications: Provide telephone port to support conference calls. Include a

minimum of two computer data ports and power outlets to support telephone use.
See <13A> and <15C>.

H. Audio Systems: Provide built-in sound/voice reinforcement systems with

distributed ceiling speakers for each Breakout (Meeting) Room larger than 93 m²

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 395
 (1,000 sq. ft.), or in smaller Breakout Rooms that can be combined with adjacent
rooms to total more than 93 m² (1,000 sq. ft.). See <13B>.

1. Speakers: Typically, smaller rooms, less than 93 m² (1,000 sq. ft.) and those
that do not combine with adjacent spaces, are equipped with ambient /
background music speakers only, with a wall mounted volume control.
Consult with MI to determine If voice reinforcement is required based on
market.

I. Visual Display Systems: In order to provide flexibility in placement, the type and
size of projection screen, the marker and tack board are typically not “built-in”.

1. According to the design, some seating group clusters and work tables may
be equipped with visual displays / flat panel TV screens.

6.14 Boardroom

A. Program:Provide an executive style meeting room, defined as a Boardroom, for

individual or associated business meetings with fixed furniture, high quality
features and dining service area.

1. If required, provide a Boardroom Foyer Area to serve a grouping of

Boardrooms for the following activities:
• Arrival and reception
• Waiting
• Circulation

2. Telephone Room: Consider a small room for personal calls. Include a

lounge chair, table and adjustable lighting.

B. Design Fundamentals:

1. Finishes:Generally, provide higher quality finish materials in Boardrooms than

Meeting Rooms

a. Floor & Base: Wall-to-wall carpet with scale pattern appropriate to the
room size or hard surface flooring with area rug. Provide large scale
wood base.

b. Walls:Materials reflect the property's design concept. Provide wood or

stone millwork features into wall to complement door casings and wall
trim, architectural features, niches for accented pieces; accessories and
lighted artwork, lighted from ceiling. For larger rooms, place a wood
display rail on at least one wall at chair rail height with a tackable surface
above. Integrate utility outlets into wall designs.

c. Windows: Provide decorative window treatment with blackout capabilities.

396 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 d. Ceilings: Provide gypsum board with coffers, appropriate trim, details and
complementary finishes.
• Multi-level coffer or architectural detailing with recessed lights and light
coves.
• Integrate grills, HVAC diffusers, sprinkler heads into ceiling design.
• Limit acoustical tile ceilings (ACT) to approximately 30% of ceiling area
and use only at highest ceiling level.

2. Natural Light: Introduce natural light at windows; view preferred.

3. Doors: Provide interior wood doors with decorative, articulated wood frames.
See general criteria above.

4. FF&E: Provide furnishings and décor to create an appropriate Boardroom

ambiance. Provide the following:

a. Foyer: Seating: Provide seating groups with end tables for arriving
guests. Table surfaces and edges are wood, wood veneer, marble or
granite.

b. Conference Table: Permanent executive quality conference table with

centrally located concealed power and display connection access.

c. Executive Chairs: Ergonomic. Leather finished executive chairs on

casters with adjustable seating height.

d. Millwork: Built-in credenza style casepiece with stone top and wood
cabinetry; 60 cm (24 inch) deep by 120 cm (48 inch) wide minimum
surface to serve food and beverages. Verify if a bar sink is required.

e. Artwork: Distinctive prints and original artwork, matted and framed.

Artifacts lit in feature locations.

C. Configuration & Arrangement:

1. Location: In proximity to Meeting Rooms, public circulation routes, Pre-

function space and Banquet Service corridor. Boardroom may open to an
exterior terrace for additional food-service and as Pre-function space.

2. Entrance: Locate primary guest entrances in the rear corner of the room, and
ideally through an entry vestibule so that the entry door is not visible to the
main viewing in the front of the room, which face the rear of the room.

3. Size / Area: 56 m² (600 sq. ft.) minimum is a typical size.

a. Area is dictated by the project Facilities Program based on local market

needs for size and quantity.

b. Seating: Fixed conference table seating for 10 to 20 persons.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 397
 c. Ceiling Height: Clear ceiling height is 3 to 3.50 m (10 to 12 ft.) above
finished floor, preferably coffered ceiling.

D. Acoustics:See Acoustics - General above.

E. Infrastructure:

1. Power: Do not share computer outlets with panels serving Kitchen

equipment. Do not locate power, A/V or other outlets in the floor. See <15C>.

a. Power Outlets: Provide to serve the following:

• Counter space
• Throughout the room for maintenance and guest use
• Coordinate with placement of television or projector.

b. In addition to accessible power around the walls of the room, provide

power at the Boardroom table in combination with USB ports for personal
devices.

F. Lighting: Provide a minimum of 323 lux (30 foot-candles) at tabletop surfaces,

and a minimum of 538 lux vertical (50 foot-candles) at face level for video
conferencing. Provide consistent light levels throughout the area without “hot-
spots” or dark areas and matched color temperature from all fixtures. See
<15C>. Provide a combination of the following:

1. Cove:LED area lighting integrated into ceiling design

2. Recessed:Focus recessed lights on table and countertop.

3. Feature:Decorative ceiling fixture centered on table. Coordinate ceiling

height, fixture size and ceiling detail to avoid having fixture interfere with
visual presentations.

4. Controls:Lighting controlled by concealed, programmable dimmers readily

accessible to guests. Provide a separate zone for lights above wall mounted
visual displays

G. Communications: Voice & Data Ports: Provide voice and data ports for guest
computer use in the room and at the table.

1. Telephone: High speed digital telephone

2. PI Access: Provide wired Internet access connections throughout

Boardrooms.

3. Provide wireless internet access.

H. Audio Systems: Provide built-in sound reinforcement systems with distributed

ceiling speakers.

1. Consider a sound bar on the flat panel display inclusive of speaker,

398 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 microphone and video camera capable of supporting multiple video
conference solutions.

I. Visual Display System: <13B> <15C> Boardroom technology is “HD video

teleconference ready”.

1. Flat Panel TV Screen: Consult with MI to determine equipment type. Wall

mount with inputs at the front of the room and table.

a. Connections to displays are in the conference table at multiple locations.

HDMI connections require audio interfaces.

2. Projector & Projection Screen: Provide built-in, projector and screen

concealed at ceiling. Hard wire remote control is wall mounted and labeled
near room light controls.

J. Graphics & Signage: Prominently display Boardroom names from the corridor
side at each room. Verify if electronic boards are not required at rooms.

1. Digital Signage: Provide at entrance.

K. Boardroom Floor Plan - Examples 1 & 2

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 399
 L. Boardroom Floor Plan - Examples 3 & 4

400 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 6.15 Event Hub

A. Program: Design Event Hubs to accommodate multiple functions, with distinct

areas to allow for a multitude of activities. These areas include multi-function
service bars, a culinary demonstration station, an event and sales worktable and
meeting / event planner offices.

B. Room Configuration & Arrangement: The layout includes several uniquely

designed activity areas.

1. Event / Sales Worktable: Design area to provide viewing of the visual display
for all participants seated at the worktable.

2. Multi-Function Service Bar: Design with flexibility to provide a multitude of

functions.

C. Acoustics: The Event Hub area is open to and acoustically communicates with
the Pre-Function area. See Pre-function above.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 401
 D. Infrastructure:

1. Banner Track: Provide structural steel banner tracks to allow for flexible
placement of lightweight production and décor elements, banners and
temporary signage. Install at perimeter of walls 15 cm (6 inch) from the wall
surface, coordinated with the ceiling design and operable wall tracks.

2. Power: Coordinate power to the work table, and connectivity between the
work table and the associated video display.

E. Lighting:

1. Lighting Control: Provide programmable lighting systems with a minimum of

four scene (settings) plus full on and off, preset / control station, remote
control (wired or wireless). Black-out capability is not required in this area.

2. Connect the lighting system to the A/V control system to permit synchronized
presentations with the video display.

F. Communication:

1. Telephones: Provide each distinct area of the Event Hub with a dedicated
house telephone line. This includes connections in each of the meeting /
event planner offices, the worktable and at the multi-function service bar.

2. Provide wired Internet access connections in each area of the Event Hub.
Provide a minimum of two wired Internet access points in each distinct area,
including the service bar and worktable.

G. Audio: See <13B>.

1. Speakers: Provide speaker control in the Event Hub that allows the overhead
speakers to be turned on or off using the control system. The speakers
serving the Event Hub space will have a separate zone for control but not for
selecting a different music source.

H. Visual Display Systems: Provide a built-in, wall mounted direct view visual
display on the wall adjacent to the worktable behind the display cooking area.
Provide wired and / or wireless method for participants to connect to the visual
display.

402 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 6.16 VIP / Speaker Ready Room

A. Program: Provide a private room adjacent to the Ballroom if required by the

project Facilities Program.

1. In certain markets, high-production quality events may require a private

room adjacent to the Ballroom. The VIP/Speaker Ready Room is a private
reception and meeting space, equipped with the latest conveniences and
technologies.

2. The criteria in the Boardroom section applies equally to the VIP Room.

B. Configuration & Arrangement:

1. Location: Ideally, it is appropriate for the VIP guest to arrive and journey
to the VIP Room without travelling through the main public spaces of the
hotel. It is also ideal to arrange access to a path from the VIP into the
Ballroom near the main stage area without traversing through the audience
area.

2. The A/V equipment may be located within the room itself (often in a closet or
credenza) or may be centrally located if the central A/V equipment room is
not too far away.

C. Acoustics: The specific acoustical treatments and parameters described in the

Acoustics - General apply equally as well.

D. Infrastructure:

1. Floor Boxes: Provide a floor box under the main pedestal of the meeting table
and design the pedestal to conceal yet permit access to the connections.
Provide umbilical cables from the infrastructure built into the table to the
matching connections in the floor box to permit disconnecting the table when
necessary.

2. Power: Provide power locations throughout the room tables and various
sitting areas.

a. In addition to accessible power around the walls of the room, provide

pop-ups or other accommodations in the main table. Provide the
combination outlets that provide both power and USB ports for personal
devices.

3. The A/V equipment rack requires power from the main A/V Technical Power
panel.

E. Lighting:

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 403
 1. Quality: Provide a minimum of 323 lux (30 foot-candles) at tabletop surfaces,
and a minimum of 538 lux vertical (50 foot-candles) at face level for video
conferencing. Provide consistent light levels throughout the area without “hot-
spots” or dark areas. Provide matched color temperature from all fixtures at
meeting / VTC area.

2. Dimming: Provide programmable lighting systems with a minimum of four

scene (settings) plus full on and off, preset / control station, remote control
(wired or wireless), and black-out capability.

3. Fixtures:

a. Ceiling Fixtures: Provide dimmable ceiling fixtures with decorative and

lighting elements while avoiding interference with video displays and
cameras.

b. Decorative Fixtures: Where included in the design, provide dimmable wall

sconces, wall washers, and down lights.

c. Indirect: For the meeting / video teleconference area, provide indirect

lighting, typically cove lighting, with dimmable or two-level switching.

d. Feature Lighting: For the meeting / video teleconference area, provide

independently controlled feature lighting (track lights, eyeball lights) to
support the needs for video conferencing and webcasting.

F. Communications:

1. Telephones: Provide multiple, conveniently located jacks for dedicated house

telephone lines.

2. Wired Internet: Provide access connections throughout. Provide a minimum

of two wired Internet access points on wall plates and at least one connection
in the meeting room table.

3. Provide wireless Internet access.

G. Audio: See <13B> .

H. Visual Display Systems: Provide a built-in, wall mounted direct view visual
display (LED) on the wall. Provide wired and / or wireless method for participants
to connect to the visual display. See <13B>.

I. VIP / Speaker Ready Room

404 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 6.17 Exterior Function Spaces

A. Program: Consider planned areas for exterior events. Landscape and hardscape
areas to support the sense of place. Include power to support F&B and A/V
needs.

1. Generally, spaces such as terraces, lawns, pools or other exterior areas

are utilized for uncovered outdoor functions or multipurpose pavilions may be
incorporated. Coordinate criteria with <1>.

B. Space Planning:

1. Provide level areas for tables and chairs, service equipment, entertainment
platform or portable stage.

2. Comply with governing accessibility requirements.

3. Direct area drainage away from the Meeting / Function areas. In areas with
high rain fall, Incorporate a drainage system to avoid saturated grass areas.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 405
 4. Provide service areas, utilities and electrical power to support Function /
Meeting Space services. See <15C>.
• If the Kitchen is not easily accessible, provide prep area with warming
station or pantry necessary to support the function space.
• Provide beverage station with water and ice necessary to support function
space.
• Provide cart storage area out of guest view.

5. Food & Beverage: Provide areas and access to food and beverage facilities
to support outdoor functions. See <10>.

6. Provide storage nearby for FF&E, stage breakdown, equipment, etc. that is
frequently needed. Size according to property programming, size of event
space and need.

C. Outdoor Multipurpose Terraces: Provide as required by the project Facilities

Program to accommodate outdoor areas for terraces and pavilions (such as
portable enclosures with side awnings or tents) areas in proximity to function
areas, Restaurants and atriums if applicable to the project.

1. Functions may occur at secondary swimming pools, terraces and level

areas. Comply with criteria above.

D. A/V: Provide support for AV and F&B needs. Include power for lights, displays
and speakers as determined by the event functional requirements. Include wired
data points and Wifi.

6.18 Meeting Services Overview - Support Facilities

A. Program: Design and provide for the following Back-of-House (BOH) facilities
that service and support Meeting and Event Spaces:
• Management Offices
• Banquet Service Offices
• Catering Showroom
• Function Room Coffee & Water Service Stations
• Service Corridors - BOH
• Coffee Break & Beverage Storage
• Banquet Storage
• Public Support Spaces
• Florist & Floral Preparation
• Sound Equipment
• Audio/Visual Equipment Storage Rooms
• Operable Partitions

406 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 1. In larger properties and where required by the project Facilities
Program, the service & support spaces typically include Conference
Management Offices, and Convention Set Up (CSU) & Exhibit Managers
Offices to support a larger scale conference and exhibit center program.
Contact MI for design criteria for these spaces.

B. Coordination with Other Criteria: Coordinate meeting space planning and design
requirements with the following:
• Sound Equipment
• Audio/Visual Equipment Storage Room

6.19 Public Toilets

A. Program: Provide accessible restrooms and family facilities within the Pre-
function Spaces in sufficient quantity to support each hall and function space
division, and not clustered in one location. See <2A> for criteria.

B. Location: Position restrooms convenient to function area division entrances

accessible from Pre-function Spaces.

C. Fixture Quantity: Coordinate design and quantities with market demands and
governing codes.

D. Drinking Fountains: Provide adjacent to restrooms.

6.20 Management Offices

A. Program: Provide office space for catering and meeting space management
<8A> on the same floor as the meeting spaces.

B. Location: Locate offices so escorted guests do not travel through BOH areas.

C. Furnishings: Provide offices with desk, task chair and filing cabinet.

D. Graphics & Signage: For general BOH signage criteria, see <GR2>.

E. Finishes: Provide finished floors, walls, and ceilings.

1. Floor: Vinyl composition tile (VCT) or carpet tile

2. Base: 10 cm (4 inch) high vinyl base

3. Walls: Paint

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 407
 4. Ceiling: Washable ACT in suspended aluminum grid

6.21 Business Center

A. Program: Coordinate criteria with <2B>, the project’s size and the project
Facilities Program. Provide guests using the Meeting Spaces, with an array of
service amenities to support business activities.

6.22 Banquet Service Offices

A. Program: Provide Banquet Service Offices. See <8A>.

B. Location: Locate the offices off a foyer, near the Ballrooms.

6.23 Catering Showroom

A. Program: When the local market can support a Catering Showroom Design to
display various table settings and banqueting options for key social functions
such as weddings and other events.

1. Design is by the project’s Interior Designer.

2. See the project Facilities Program for size requirements.

B. Location: When required, locate off the circulation between the Pre-function and
the Lobby.

C. Features: See <10> for equipment.

• Lockable and illuminated millwork cabinets for display and storage of place
settings, linens and catalogs.
• Round table for table top display.
• Desk with seats for 2 guests to review catalogs with sales associate.
• Display: Provide a flat screen monitor with connection to a computer device for
slide show or sales system access. Include a data connection.

D. Finishes: Equal to that of the Ballroom / Pre-function

408 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 6.24 Coffee & Water Service Stations

A. Program: Provide a minimum of two service stations for 8,000 to 10,000 sq. ft. of
meeting spaces and one additional station for each additional 10,000 sq.ft. See
<10>.

B. Location: Provide in alcoves along or directly adjacent to meeting space service

corridors with good accessibility to service door. Position Service Stations away
from defined egress paths and as required by governing regulations.

C. Size / Area: Approximately 16 to 20 ft. long for each station to include coffee
making and holding equipment, ice maker and bin, refrigerator, water filling
station, beverage table and hand sink.

D. Finishes: Provided finished floors, walls, and ceilings.

1. Floor: Vinyl composition tile (VCT)

2. Base: 10 cm (4 inch) high vinyl base

3. Walls: Reinforced fiberglass wall panels

4. Ceiling: Washable ACT in suspended aluminum grid.

6.25 Service Corridors - BOH

A. Program: Provide continuous Service Corridors in BOH areas, between Meeting

Spaces that connect Food and Beverage Production, Receiving Area, various
storage spaces, other employee areas and uninterrupted by public circulation.

1. Connect BOH Service Corridors with Service Vestibules behind large

Meeting Spaces such as Ballrooms.

2. Extend BOH Service Corridor for the length of the meeting space. Provide on
two room sides if possible. Connect corridor to kitchen or remote warming
kitchens and pantries.

3. Generally, do not utilize the BOH Service Corridor for other BOH
loading dock circulation, where avoidable, because there is a potential for
conflicting traffic and congestion.

4. Provide dedicated spaces for Pod Storage, Coolers, Plating, Banquet

Support and Beverage Service, connected to BOH Service Corridors.

B. Location: Directly connected to and behind Meeting Spaces and not requiring

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 409
 crossing Public Spaces.

C. Size / Area:

1. Clear Width: 3 m (10 ft.) minimum between operable partition storage

enclosure, food service equipment space and service vestibules walls.
Design widths to accommodate exiting, service vestibules, warming stations
and IDF rooms.

2. Large Meeting Spaces: Provide service corridors with a clear width equal to
15% of the depth of the serviced space.

3. Breakout (Meeting) Rooms less than 780 m² (3,000 sq. ft.): Provide Service
Corridors clear width at 2 m (6-6) minimum.

4. Clear Heights: 3 m (10 ft.) minimum clear ceiling height. Coordinate overhead
heights with equipment movement, access and service. Verify ice machine
height.

5. Forklift Movement: Accommodate forklift mast height of 3 m (10 ft.) without

accounting for goods carried through BOH Service Corridors. Design for clear
height in corridors and at doorways to allow equipment passage.

6. Corners & Turning: Accommodate turning radius of tugs pulling laundry bins,
that extend up to 9 m (30 ft.) long.

D. Acoustics: See “Acoustic Environment” above. Provide STC 55 airtight perimeter

walls, floor to structure above separating BOH Service Corridors from Meeting
Spaces.

E. Audio / Visual: Provide a system of “J” hooks behind each function space to
accommodate power and A / V cables from the show power disconnects.

F. Graphics & Signs: From corridor side, provide and prominently display
meeting space names.

G. Finishes: For wall protection, corner guards and finish materials, coordinate
with <8B>.

1. Floor: Polished concrete, sealed. In areas not subject to vehicle and

service traffic, provide vinyl composite tile.

2. Walls & Base: Provide 120 cm (48 inch) high, 3 mm (1/8 inch) thick
aluminum checker plate wall protection with 10 cm (4 inch) high checker plate
base. Paint walls above checker plate. Reinforce and protect wall corners
with checker plate.

3. Ceiling: Acoustical tile in suspended aluminum grid at employee areas.

410 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 6.26 Beverage Storage

A. Program: Provide a secure space to store beverage service equipment and

beverages to service various meeting spaces. See <10>.

1. Include large refrigerated units for holding bottled wine and dairy products.

2. Liquor Storage: If liquor storage is accommodated in Beverage Storage,

provide internal and lockable room.

B. Location: Locate in a central area of meeting spaces, typically near main Exhibit
Hall, Ballroom or central kitchen.
• Typically, on same floor as serviced meeting spaces and close to service
pantries. See <3> and <10>.
• If not located on same floor, provide near service elevator / lift for ease of
transport to the meeting rooms.

C. Size / Area: Determine required space areas based on project program. Verify
with project design team.

D. Graphics & Signage: For general BOH signage criteria, see <GR2>.

E. Finishes:

1. Floor: Vinyl composition tile (VCT)

2. Base: 10 cm (4 inch) high vinyl base

3. Walls: Reinforced fiberglass wall panels

4. Ceiling: Washable ACT in suspended aluminum grid

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 411
 6.27 Banquet Storage

A. Program: Provide alcoves and rooms open to BOH Service Corridor and “Zoned”
to store chairs, tables, podiums, decorations, and equipment associated with
function activities. Verify exterior pod storage requirements, if utilized, with the
project design team. For other storage and utility areas, see <9> and <13A>.

B. Location: Locate in BOH Service Corridor directly adjacent to meeting spaces

serviced.

C. Size / Area

1. 15% minimum, net area of Ballrooms and Breakout (Meeting) Rooms (not
Exhibit Hall) required or sufficient space to store 40% of FF&E inventory for
the associated function. Exclude the Service Corridor storage in this area
total.

2. Include multiple storage areas in close proximity to respective rooms being

served.

3. Ceiling: 6 m (20 ft.) minimum height

D. Steward’s Room: Within the Banquet Storage Area, provide a separate, secure
room to store banquet food service equipment and silver.

1. Size: 1% minimum net area of Ballrooms and Meeting Rooms.

2. Provide minimum of 1.07 m (3’-6”) wide door with lockable hardware.

E. Doors: For additional general requirements for BOH doors, frames and
hardware, see <GR3> .

F. Shelving: Provide metal shelving system.

G. Graphics & Signage: For general BOH signage criteria, see <GR2> .

H. Telephone: Provide one house wall phone. See <13A>.

I. Finishes:

1. Floor: Stain, polish and seal concrete with heavy duty sealer.

2. Base: 10 cm (4 inch) high vinyl base

3. Walls: Painted

4. Ceiling: Exposed structure (not painted)

J. Example: Banquet Storage

412 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 6.28 Public Support Spaces

A. Program: Comply with the project Facilities Program for requirements of Public
Toilets, offices, Registration Room and Coat Rooms.

B. Location: Locate Support Facilities off a foyer leading to the Pre-function areas.

C. Registration Rooms & Meeting Planners Office: Provide an enclosed meeting

planner’s office and separate registration room with counter.

1. Location: Provide facilities at large Meeting Spaces such as Ballrooms,

situated for access immediately upon arrival to the Pre-function area.

2. Doors: Solid wood entry doors secured with the property’s electronic key
access system.

3. Counter: Provide power / data / telephone at each end of the counter.

Provide millwork doors to close area above counter when space is not
utilized.

4. Desk & Shelves: Provide counters and shelving to accommodate registration

activities.

5. Lighting Control: Provide occupancy sensors for lighting override. Connect

sensors to electronic key lock system with interface to master control
software.

D. Coat Rooms: Position rooms within a securable area, adjacent to Pre-function,

entry circulation, but within sight of guest circulation. Coat Rooms may not be
required in warm climate locations.

1. Size / Area: Size the area based on regional requirements, but normally not
less than 0.027 m² (0.3 sq. ft.) per anticipated occupancy or not more than

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 413
 50% of combined Meeting and Event Space occupants.

2. Garment Equipment: Provide sufficient coat / garment hanging racks with

equipment based on market analysis and the Facilities Program.
• Conceal coat racks and shelves from guest view in a room with door behind
attendant’s space.
• Provide coat hanging racks either permanent or moveable and coat
hangers.

3. Counter: Provide minimum of 1.5 m (5 ft.) long by 0.6 m (2 ft.) deep counter
space for an attendant adjacent to Coat Room entry door. Provide power /
data / telephone at one end of the counter.

4. Doors: Provide solid wood doors and secure entry door with the property’s
electronic key access system. Overhead metal coiling door is not acceptable.

5. Lighting Control: Provide occupancy sensors for lighting override. Connect

sensors to electronic key lock system with interface to master control
software.

E. Public Toilets: See criteria above in this Chapter.

F. Communications:

1. Telephones: Verify with MI if a house phone, accessible to guests, is required

for each Function Space.

2. Cell Phones: Verify that property location and building construction permits
cell phone reception and use throughout the building. See <13A>.

3. Computer Connectivity: Provide wireless PI connection throughout the areas.

See <13A>.

G. Finishes: Provide materials similar to the building area location or the adjacent
Meeting Space.

1. Floor: Generally, provide wall-to-wall carpet. Scale pattern appropriate to the

space and provide continuous pattern or coordinated with adjacent public
areas.

2. Wall & Base: Generally, provide wood wall paneling or 20 oz., Type III vinyl
with a Class “A” flame spread rating or equal and integrate wall coverings
with trim.

a. Provide architectural details consistent with the brand narrative and the
interior design.

b. Natural stone or other materials may be provided as a decorative feature.

c. Provide acoustical wall panels as required by acoustic criteria.

d. Provide wood or stone base.

414 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 3. Doors: Provide interior wood doors with articulated wood frames.

6.29 Florist & Floral Preparation

A. Program: Provide a Floral Preparation Room as required in the project Facility

Program. Verify requirements to provide a property retail and display outlet or to
support guests’ request for floral and specialty gift items.

B. Location: Locate in the Maintenance Shops / Receiving area. See <9>.

6.30 Sound Equipment

A. Program: Provide an enclosed, secure room for audio/visual, electronic

equipment racks and distribution associated with meeting and event space
activities. See <13B>.

B. Location: Centrally locate rooms adjacent to applicable meeting space. If meeting

spaces are remotely divided, provide multiple sound rooms.

1. Locate entrance door at Service Corridor of function space to permit direct

access for convenient adjustment of audio/visual equipment.

2. Avoid locations subject to water damage.

3. Avoid sources of electronic interference.

C. Size / Area: See the project Facilities Program and coordinate with <13A>.

1. Ceiling Height: High ceilings are preferred. Minimum ceiling height is 2.7 m (9
ft.)

D. Equipment Racks:

1. Provide gangable equipment enclosures to properly house the A/V

components with 20% spare capacity for future growth.

2. Locate enclosures on a minimum of 5 cm (2 inch) high housekeeping pad.

3. Arrange room to permit ease of access to equipment operational portions and

maintain a minimum of 1.2 m (4 ft.) around enclosures.

4. Maintain a minimum of 3 m (10 ft.) separation between electrical devices

such as transformers, dimmer cabinets, switch gear and the A/V enclosures.

E. Door: For additional general requirements for back-of-house doors, frames and

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 415
 hardware, see .

1. Seal: Perimeter seal to limit dust.

2. Size: 1.2 x 2 m (4'-0" by 6'-8") minimum opening

F. Air Conditioning / HVAC: Provide continuous air conditioning and verify project
heat loads. See <15A>.

G. Finishes: Provide the following:

1. Floor: Vinyl composition tile (VCT)

2. Base: 10 cm (4 inch) resilient base

3. Walls: Paint

4. Ceiling: Accessible acoustical tile

6.31 Audio/Visual Equipment Storage Rooms

A. Program: Provide enclosed, secure rooms for storage and control of audio /
visual equipment associated with meeting spaces. See <13B>.
• Provide storage for equipment such as TVs, projectors, microphones, flip charts
and computer equipment.
• Provide open plan office space for the A/V Services staff. Verify staff quantities
for design team.

B. Location: Centrally locate in meeting spaces with door access from Service
Corridor.

C. Size / Area: See the project Facilities Program and coordinate with <13B>.
Typically, provide 2% of net area of Ballrooms and Meeting Rooms for A/V
equipment storage rooms.

1. Ceiling Height: High ceilings for rack storage is preferred. Minimum ceiling
height is 2.7 m (9 ft.).

D. A/V Services Office: Locate in central locations within Meeting Space areas and
near the A/V Storage areas.

1. In larger properties, locate near the Sales Office. Plan 1 to 2 A/V production
personnel work spaces per $1M in estimates A/V revenue.

E. Door: For additional general requirements for BOH doors, frames and
hardware, see <GR3>.

1. Size: 1.2 x 2 m (3 4'-0" x 6'-8") minimum opening

2. Lock: Electronic operated lock, see <16>.

416 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 F. Furnishings:

1. Desk and task chair

2. Telephone / computer: See <13A>.

3. Storage racks

G. Finishes: Provide the following:

1. Floor: Vinyl tile or carpet tile

2. Base: 10 cm (4 inch) resilient base

3. Walls: Paint

4. Ceiling: Washable accessible acoustical tile (ACT) in suspended

aluminum grid

H. Example: A/V Equipment Storage

6.32 Operable Partitions

A. Program: Provide operable partitions to divide large function spaces into smaller
areas, and to acoustically and visually isolate spaces.

B. Design Requirements:
• Operable Partition: STC 54
• Field Test: NIC 46
• Floor: Dead Level
• Track: Programmable
• Adjacent Walls: STC 55
• Wall Above Operable Partition: STC not less than operable partition
• Storage Enclosures: STC 55

C. Acceptable Operable Partition System Manufacturers:

• Advanced Equipment Co.
• Hufcor Inc.
• Modernfold by Dorma

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 417
 • Hüppe by Dorma
• Consult with MI for other styles, including ceiling retractable folding panels, by
such manufacturers as Skyfold.

D. Acoustics: Design adjoining wall construction for required acoustical sealing of

operable partitions to walls.

1. Wall above Operable Partition: Acoustically rated, no less than operable

partition system. Seal joints, around penetrations and wall perimeter.

2. Enclosures for Operable Partitions: Acoustically rated walls and ceiling, no

less than operable partition system.

3. Spaces Above & Below: Provide acoustic control of ceiling and floor system if
occupied spaces are planned above or below event spaces.

4. Mechanical Systems: For meeting and event space supply and return air
systems and ductwork arrangements to avoid penetrating acoustic rated wall
above operable partition, see “HVAC / Building Services” section in this
Chapter and <15A>.

E. Operable Partition System: Provide and detail operable partitions to complement

and complete the fixed wall design and finish.

1. Panels:

a. Acoustics: STC 54 (lab test) minimum

b. Fabrication: Fully welded steel frame with lock formed welded steel faces
(no mechanical fasteners and rivets) and sound backing. Prepare faces
for finish selected by Interior Designer.

2. Type: Provide manually operated partitions with top hung, full height, single
panel system.
• Where ceiling mounted system is used, use motorized operation.
• Where operable partitions intersect windows, consider ceiling retractable
folding panels.

3. Motor Operated: Verify with MI if motorized operation is acceptable when

Ballrooms are over 1000 m² (10,800 sq. ft.) or partitions are taller than 5 m
(16 ft.). (Motorized partitions involve a higher initial cost, higher maintenance,
and operational controls. Verify that dependable, immediate service is
available to repair motorized partitions to avoid disruptions to function
schedules).

4. Deflection Loads: Review partition loading with structural engineer to verify

that allowable deflection of supporting structure will not restrict partition
operation nor effect partition acoustics.

418 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 a. Allow for overhead deflection loads.

b. At floor, provide dead level surface along path of partition operation.

c. Maximum Deflection: L / 360 for any component

5. Trolley & Track: Heavy duty steel or aluminum track system with two sets of
hardened ball bearing steel tire wheeled trolleys at each panel for smooth
and easy operation.

a. Provide metal track with programmable (curve and diverter) design to

accommodate ease of partition movement. Right angle track is not
permitted.

b. Extend overhead structure and track into partition storage enclosure for
designated ballroom and salon dividing partitions.

c. Acceptable Manufacturer’s track system:

• Advanced Equipment: #8
• Hufcor: #11 or Skyfold track system
• Modernfold by Dorma: #14

6. Panel Seals: Provide mechanically operated top and bottom panel seals.

a. Automatic top and bottom seals may be considered by MI during project

review process.

b. Provide 534 N (120 lbf) bottom seals for continuous contact to finish floor
surface.

c. Provide continuous side panel seals and at partition storage enclosures.

d. Coordinate floor seal contact with floor finishing requirements.

7. Pass Doors: Partition pass doors are not permitted because they are an
acoustic weak point and do not qualify as exits; see <14>.

8. Windows: For a 50% opening (non-operable window) in an STC 55+ wall,

utilize the following glass construction to achieve acoustical performance.
• 12.7 mm (1/2 inch) laminated glass equals 6 mm (1/4 inch) + Saflex AC41 +
6 mm (1/4 inch) glass
• 150 mm (6 inch) airspace
• 9.5 mm (3/8 inch) glass

F. Enclosures for Operable Partition Storage: Acoustically seal enclosure walls and
ceilings.

1. Operable Partition in Storage Enclosure

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 419
 2. Enclosure Configuration: Provide recessed (typically, outside of Ballroom and
Meeting spaces), operable partition storage enclosures with access doors at
perimeter wall. Ceiling mounted system does not require an enclosure.

3. Operable Partitions Inside Enclosures:

a. Seal partition panel edge to rear of enclosure at continuous solid blocking

to avoid sound transmission through wall cavity. When partition is
extended to full position to divide spaces, partition fits tight to rear wall of
storage enclosure.

420 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 b. Provide dedicated stacking for partitions that further subdivide function
area segments. Panel mixing is avoided by utilizing continuous overhead
track provided only for the designated partition and its storage enclosure.

c. Position operable partition tracks flush in ceiling or visually minimize by

millwork trim consistent with interior design.

4. Walls: Provide acoustic rated wall assemblies. Reinforce stud framed wall
cavities with continuous wood blocking where operable partition seals press
against stationary walls to provide a tight seal.

a. Avoid wall chair rails, base, moldings or other interior trim that will not
allow a tight seal.

b. Review flanking construction for proper seal around partitions and

especially the wall assembly above ceiling.

5. Doors: Provide type 4 (single panel) or type 3 (paired panel) pocket door
systems of sufficient width, in no less than 91 cm (3 ft.) wide opening, to
allow ease of panel movement into enclosure and to reduce the chance of
damaging jambs and partitions. Conceal access door hardware from view in
public areas.

a. Reinforce access door to form a tight fit with partition gasket when door is
in closed position.

b. Do not rely on storage enclosure access doors for acoustic separation.

c. Provide door drop and perimeter door seals for tight top, side, jamb and
bottom seal.

d. Extend carpet under access door.

e. If recommended by operable partition manufacturer, provide a staff

service, personnel door to enter operable partition storage enclosure and
to guide partitions on track at Service Corridor side, opposite, partition
access door.

6. Example: Operable Partition Detail

7. Example: Section at Typical Operable Partition System, Floor to Wall

Above

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 421
 G. Finishes: Coordinate panel finishes with finish details and interior architectural
design requirements of permanent walls.

H. Operable Partition Installation: See ASTM E557 Standard Guide for the
Installation of Operable Partitions and references for recommended installation
practices.

I. Testing of Operable Partition System (Required by MI): Following complete

installation, field test the operable partition system for acoustic compliance in
closed, sealed position including adjoining walls (sides and above).

1. Color code each panel and number by location for test documentation.

2. Visually review for proper panel fit, to abutting construction, and complete
required adjustments.

3. Check for light leaks between each panel contact segment. Inspect partitions
for gaps between seals and adjoining surfaces. One square inch of gap (6.5
cm²) equals a sound loss of 20 db.

4. Test each partition assembly for Noise Isolation Class (NIC) with noise
reduction of NIC 46 or greater. Calculate NIC rating in compliance with ASTM
E413-10.

5. Test assembly for Noise Reduction in compliance with ASTM E336-11

applicable to measurement of isolation between rooms.

6. Modify, adjust and retest assemblies that do not meet field tests until
accepted without additional cost to Owner or MI.

7. Submit completed test results to MI for review in compliance with the Design
Standards.

422 Meeting Spaces Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 6.33 Coordination

A. References: Coordinate with requirements of other Chapters.

• Overview & Project Administration
• Lobby Areas
• Engineering & Maintenance
• Food & Beverage, Back-of-House
• Technology Infrastructure
• Audio / Visual
• Fire Protection & Life Safety
• Mechanical
• Plumbing
• Electrical
• Loss Prevention

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Meeting Spaces 423
 EUROPE

Marriott Hotels
guestrooms

globaldesignstrategies

designstandards
December 2020 | franchised
 Table of Contents

7A.1 Overview 426

7A.2 Guestrooms - Design 427
7A.3 Common Features 429
7A.4 Interior Design, Finishes & Materials 435
7A.5 Guestroom Closet Solution 436
7A.6 Refreshment Area 437
7A.7 Guest Bathroom 438
7A.8 Suite Pantry 443
7A.9 Balconies, Patios & Terraces 445
7A.10 Furniture, Fixtures & Equipment (FF&E) 447
7A.11 Coordination 449

chapter organization
• This chapter is a part of an integrated series of Chapters.
• This chapter is a part of an integrated series of Chapters.

definitions
• Design Standard: a minimum requirement to be fulfilled
without exception
• Best Practice: a recommended design guideline, practice or
way to execute a design standard
• Expanded Information: an explanation of a design standard
or best practice
• Reference (internal): a reference to another document /
section within the design standards or to a design strategy /
guide within the brand standards
Exception: Fire Protection & Life Safety Design
Standard references are to external codes only

Marriott Confidential & Proprietary Information

The contents of the Design Standards are confidential and proprietary to

Marriott International, Inc. and may not be reproduced, disclosed, distributed
or used without the express permission of an authorized representative of
Marriott.

English is the official and binding language of these design standards. The
translated versions are provided as a courtesy only and are not controlling
and have no legal effect.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Guestrooms 425
 7A.1 Overview

A. Program: Provide room types in compliance with the project Facilities Program;
provide area and dimensions required for each project and market.

1. It is desirable to vertically stack guestroom types.

2. Design project guestroom plans to accommodate the furniture and functions

described in this Chapter and the Design Narrative.

B. Planning: Create a contiguous assembly of Guestrooms based on a repetitive

structural bay or plan area with a cluster of 4 guestrooms minimum.

1. Location: Separate from public spaces and minimize walking distances to

elevators.

2. Size / Area: Use the following minimum areas for guestroom designs.

a. Typical Bay Configuration: Consult the project Facilities Program. Provide

the minimum areas as follows.

b. Guestroom Size / Area

c. Guestroom Width: Standard minimum width is 3.8 m (12'-6") clear.

d. Ceiling Heights: Typically higher ceiling heights are required to

accommodate structural elements, mechanical equipment and regional
market customs and competition.
Typical minimum finished ceiling heights above finish floor are:
• Sleeping Area: 3 m (10 ft.)
• Guestroom Entry, Guest Bathroom: 2.4 m (8 ft.)

C. Convention for Calculating Guestroom Area: The net and gross area criteria
are useful factors to evaluate guestroom performance. MI guestroom standards
are based on critical guestroom dimensions that define the functional adequacy
of the room design.

D. Guestroom Example Diagram - Area Calculation

426 Guestrooms Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 7A.2 Guestrooms - Design

A. General: Provide Guestrooms and Suites that reflect the Marriott Modern
aesthetic. The designs are intended to provide distinct areas for entry, relaxing,
sleeping, washing / grooming and refreshment.

1. See www.marriotthotelsdesign.com for the Marriott Guestroom Design

Strategy.

2. Provide excellent sound attenuation to ensure guest privacy.

3. Provide 1.1 to 1.4 m² (12 to 15 sq.ft.) flexible work surface (desk area with
power).

B. Standard Guestrooms: Provide Queen / Queen and King room configurations.

Double Double guestrooms may substitute an alternate bed size based on
market and culture requirements.

C. Double Bed Guestrooms:

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Guestrooms 427
 1. Facilities Program: Alternate bed sizes are based on the market and the
hotel's location. Verify size with MI..

D. Accessible Guestrooms: Design room layout for use by guests with disabilities.
Comply with the most stringent accessibility requirements. See <GR1> for Code
and Accessibility compliance.

1. Incorporate requirements for Standard Rooms unless superseded by

governing accessibility requirements.

E. Guest Lounge Level - Guestrooms: Similar to standard guestrooms, but with

access to the Guest Floor Lounge (Executive / Concierge Lounge ), and its
service amenities. Percentage of Guest Lounge Level Guestrooms is 20% of
guestroom keys or as dictated by the project Facilities Program and market.

F. Connected Rooms: Provide selected guestroom types with connector doors

through fire / sound rated partition.

1. Quantities: MI may adjust the percentage of connected guestrooms, room

mix and location based on market conditions.

a. Connect a minimum of 30% of guestrooms or as determined by market

demand .

b. Connect King rooms to two bed guestrooms.

c. Connect accessible guestrooms (ADA rooms) to a standard guestroom.

d. Connect V.P. and Presidential Suites to King and two bed guestrooms,
per market requirements.

2. Connector Door / Frame: Two door arrangement (pair of doors back to back)
in single frame.

a. Type: Solid core, flush faced wood construction and fully bonded

b. Size: 91 cm (3'-0) with 81 cm (2'-8) minimum clear opening

c. Rating: Not less than rating requirements for doors / frames in rated
partition.

d. Face: Panel design; selected by Interior Designer.

e. Frame: Hollow steel, reinforced; fill frame with semi-rigid insulation;

applied casing if required based on design concept, paint finish.

f. Hardware: Standard duty, commercial grade. Provide acoustical door

seal and bottom seal for privacy. Include full depth threshold. Consult MI
for variations to the following:
• Deadbolt (thumbturn only)
• Exit latchset (lever handle on guestroom side only)

428 Guestrooms Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 • Floor stop
• Spring Hinges if required per governing code; door closers not required.

G. Suites: Provide high quality upgrades and service amenities. See the project
Facilities Program for quantity and size.

1. Suite descriptions for suite types are determined based on location and
market requirements. Coordinate requirements for suite types with MI.

2. Locate suites on upper floors with prominent locations given to V.P. and
Presidential Suites.

H. General Manager’s Apartment (option): When required by the project

Facilities Program, provide 4 to 5 bays total with sleeping areas and bays for
seating, living and dining. Apartments may include connector doors.

I. Resort Properties: Resorts require, additional features and amenities. Suites may
require larger bathrooms and upgraded finishes and furniture. See the project
Facilities Program for additional guestroom requirements.

7A.3 Common Features

A. Acoustic Control:

1. Design Coordination: Coordinate acoustic criteria with the following:

a. Exterior Environmental Noise Intrusion: See <1> for Exterior Design and
Acoustic requirements.

b. Mechanical Equipment: See <15A> for HVAC Noise Criteria.

c. HVAC Return Air: Provide sheet metal, ducted return air.

2. Acoustic Consultant: Acoustic performance of walls, floors and

equipment is subject to many variables. Therefore, retaining a qualified
acoustic consultant, a member of the National Council of Acoustical
Consultants, is highly recommended.

3. Construction Criteria: Provide interior wall, floor and ceiling construction to

achieve the following minimum Sound Transmission Classification (STC) and
Impact Insulation Class (IIC):

a. STC Table

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Guestrooms 429
 4. Elevators: Avoid locating guestroom walls adjacent to elevators and elevator
machine rooms. If guestrooms are adjacent to elevator shafts and machine
rooms, provide minimum of STC 55+ rated wall construction to minimize and
isolate vibration noise.

5. Construction Details: Provide acoustic rated installations and comply with

acoustic construction details in this Chapter.

a. Follow the manufacturer’s recommended products for acoustic wall

assemblies.

b. Design to mitigate plumbing and mechanical generated noise above

ceilings and in chases.

c. Locate HVAC supply, transfer, return grills and exhaust, and provide
sound and acoustic baffles in ductwork to prevent noise migration
between guestrooms. See <15A>.

d. Reference: http://www.acoustics.com

e. Example: Acoustic Wall Plan / Section

430 Guestrooms Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 6. Acoustic Sealants: Provide non-hardening, flexible sealants designed for
acoustic applications to close perimeter joints and openings in acoustic rated
walls such as outlet box penetrations.

7. Equipment Wall Supports: For wall supports, such as types to install wall
mounted TVs, provide supports, fasteners and installation that does not
interfere with the sound transmission quality and STC rating of the wall.

8. Door / Frame Details: Provide door and frame construction in compliance

with the following:

a. Entry Door: STC 32 minimum for wood or composite solid door

fabrication.

b. Connector Doors: STC 32 minimum (each door) for pair of back-to-back

solid doors in double rabbeted metal frames.

c. Metal Frames: Provide welded corners.

d. Seals: Provide door perimeter seals and integrated automatic door

bottom.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Guestrooms 431
 e. Thresholds: Provide thresholds with positive door drop contact at entry
and connector doors to comply with door STC rating above.

B. Entrance Door, Frame & Hardware: 20 minute fire rating minimum in rated fire
walls of 1 hour and door closer is required. Coordinate the following criteria with
<GR3> .

1. Door Type: Solid core, stile and rail, wood construction

a. Width: 91 cm (3 ft.) with minimum 81 cm (2-8) clear opening to meet

accessibility requirements for “standard” and “accessible” Guestrooms
and Suites unless other sizes are required.

b. Height: 2.1 m (7 ft.) with 2.0 m (6-8) minimum is acceptable at interior

doors.

c. Thickness: 45 mm (1¾ inch) minimum

d. Details: Wood panel type with paint or stain grade veneer, selected
by Interior Designer.

2. Frame: Hollow steel, 1.52 mm (U.S. 16 gauge), fully welded joints with
painted finish.

a. Fastening: Provide anchors and fasteners to secure frame to perimeter

construction.

b. Reinforcement: Provide steel reinforcement within frame at latch strike to

deter forced entry with a pry bar type hand tool.

c. Design / Details: As selected by the Interior Designer.

3. Hardware Materials & Finishes: Commercial / Quality Grade 2 hardware with

security latch with striker plate; viewer; floor / wall stop; acoustical / smoke
door seal at perimeter and door bottom; hinges.

a. Entrance Lock: Electronic key operated lock with automatic dead bolt.
See <16> and MGS for specifications and Lock Standard requirements.
• Provide RFID, proximity activated, on-line (network) ready lock system
• Provide certified models with BLE (Bluetooth Low Energy) as listed in
the Mobile Key Certified Lock Standard.

b. Door Viewer: 160 degree minimum, and provide with interior swing
privacy cover at 150 cm (5 ft.) above finish floor. Furnish two viewers at
accessible rooms. Coordinate viewer locations with door design and
accessibility requirements.

c. Privacy Door Guard: Bar type or concealed. Install with screws.

Coordinate with hardware finish. Provide strike plate to protect finish.

432 Guestrooms Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 d. Accessible Guestrooms: Provide same door hardware as required for
standard guestrooms.
See <GR1> for Code and Accessibility compliance.

e. Provide non-corrosive metal and metal finishes, non-painted door hinges,

locksets and related exposed hardware.

f. Closer: Provide automatic closing. Door must close and latch & lock on
the first attempt. Coordinate style with MI Interior Design.

g. Door Bottom: Provide integrated automatic dropping door bottom.

4. Threshold: Granite or engineered stone, color by Interior Designer.

C. Steps, Stairs, Ramps & Slip Resistance: See <16> for requirements and for
the minimum dynamic coefficient of friction for slip resistance.

D. Windows: Provide exterior windows and glazing, comply with governing

regulations and the following.

1. General Requirements: See for glass types, safety glazing and

requirements for construction.

2. Window Area:

a. Large windows are desirable. Review other design requirements such as,
wind loads, earthquake, energy efficiency, building design, etc.

b. Approximately 45% minimum, of guestroom exterior wall. Maximize

window area at resorts.

3. Window Operation: Operable windows are permitted. See <16>.

4. Glass / Glazing: Provide insulated (double glazed), clear glass.

a. If energy or solar control is required, provide tinted or reflective glass that

maintains natural looking exterior views and colors, and provides natural
ambient light and color to the interior.

b. Coordinate tinting or colored glass with interior design color scheme.

5. Acoustic Glass / Glazing: See “Acoustic Control” above for sound

mitigation.

6. Interior / Finish Details: Provide window frame trim materials and finishes
coordinated with interior room doors and frames.

E. Safety Glass & Glazing: Provide at locations subject to human impact and where
required by code. Provide tempered, laminated or safety backing as appropriate.
See <16>. Example locations include the following:
• Shower enclosure and glass doors

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Guestrooms 433
 • Bathtub screens
• Mirrors (with safety backing)
• Skylights
• Full height windows
• Room dividers and doors
• Balcony and patio doors and windows

F. Guestroom Numbering / Signage: Select guestroom and suite room numbering

system early in the project’s development. See Signage Specifications.

1. Numbering System: Provide numbering consistent with the property’s keyed

guestroom numbering system.

2. Characters: Utilize numeric characters only. Do not use combination of

characters such as alphanumeric or numbering schemes that may conflict
with the building systems such as the following.

a. Telecommunications (telephones and Internet access), see <13A>.

b. PMS (Property Management System), see <13A>.

c. Electronic operated entry door locks, see <16>.

d. Avoid use of superstitious floor numbering series or other numbers /

characters in conflict with regional customs or practice.

3. Numbering Sequence: On each floor level, start guestroom (or unit) numbers
(left or right) from the passenger elevator lobby / foyer and increase the
number value away from the elevator. Depending on the elevator lobby floor
position, number the rooms in the opposite direction.

a. Start with 101, 201 etc. (not 100, 200, etc.). First two numbers (right to
left) designate rooms “01” to “99”. The next number set indicates the floor
level “1” to “99”.

b. Utilize odd numbers on one side of the corridor and even numbers on the
other.

c. Because doors are not always aligned along the corridor or from
side to side (when larger and smaller rooms are combined), sequential
numbers may be skipped to maintain the number sequence from one
side of the corridor to the other.

d. Number only guestroom and suite doors. Label other doors with names,
such as “Storage”, “Stair 1”, etc., not numbers.

4. Acceptance: Obtain MI acceptance for room and floor numbering system.

5. Guestroom Signage / Graphics: Provide the following signage criteria and

434 Guestrooms Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 confirm sign locations with MI.

a. Code: Comply with governing regulations. See <GR1> for Code and
Accessibility compliance.

b. Evacuation Plan: Provide in frame and plastic glass or acrylic plaque.

Mount to comply with governing authority.

c. Guestroom Rate / Checkout: Provide only as required by governing

regulations and as directed by MI.

6. Coordination: See <GR2> for other criteria.

7A.4 Interior Design, Finishes & Materials

A. General Design Concepts: Design guestrooms and suites in coordination with the
current Brand Design Foundation and <GR4> criteria.

B. Finishes - Entry Foyer & Primary Living / Sleeping Areas:

1. Floor:

a. Provide Luxury hard surface flooring with a wood-like finish and

appearance.

b. Suites: Luxury hard surface floor finishes with area rugs or Axminster.

c. For hard surface floor finishes, provide horizontal acoustic control below
hard surface construction. See “Acoustic Control” above.

2. Base / Skirting: Hardwood or resilient profiled vinyl; match hard surface

flooring as appropriate. Carpet base is not permitted. Provide wood base in
suites.

3. Walls: Vinyl wallcovering. Provide perforated (micro-vented) wallcovering or

painted smooth on the exterior wall in humid areas.

4. Corner Protection: Concealed metal angles installed in gypsum wall. If

millwork / trim corner protection is provided coordinate with Interior Design.
Exposed corner guards not allowed.

5. Ceiling: Smooth painted, flat (gypsum board substrate or skim coat plaster
over ground substrate). Lay-in or concealed grid acoustical tiles or
suspended grid and tile systems are not acceptable.

C. FF&E: For Guestroom equipment, see end of this Chapter and coordinate with
<GR4>.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Guestrooms 435
 D. Lighting: Provide a recessed architectural light in the entry.

7A.5 Guestroom Closet Solution

A. Program: Provide one of the following closet solutions:

• Premium Closed Closet: A built-in closet for guests clothing and accessories.
Materials, details, and finish quality are continuous from the guestroom design.
• Expanded Closet: Design closet space that is an architectural feature in the
room. See the Marriott Hotels Design Approach at
www.marriotthotelsdesign.com.

1. Location: Adjacent to guestroom entry and bathroom; location may vary

according to room type.

2. Length: 1.8 m (6 ft.) minimum

3. Depth: 66 cm (26 inch) clear inside

4. Equipment: Provide concealed storage for steamer or iron / ironing board

with wall support storage bracket. Verify equipment with MI.
• An in-room safe and beverage service are located in the closet
• Provide hook to hang garment and a power outlet nearby, when steamer is
provided.

B. Premium Closed Closet Features:

1. Shelving / Drawers: Provide solid wood shelves. Drawer storage is optional to

supplement guestroom storage as market demands such as at resorts.

2. Clothes Rod: 32 mm (1-1/4 inch) diameter, seamless chrome plated steel,

below shelf. For accessible rooms, provide another lower rod to meet
accessibility regulations.

3. Garment Wall Hooks: Single prong at shelf on end wall or as required in

walk-in closets.

4. Shelf: Above clothes rod, provide continuous, solid wood shelf, stain finish to
match casegoods.

5. Luggage Bench: Incorporate into millwork, built-in or free-standing unit stored

in closet.

6. Door Types: Pair of millwork panel doors, swing (hinged) operation with roller
latch and pull hardware. Coordinate finish and design with Interior Design.

C. Expanded Closet Features:

436 Guestrooms Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 1. Provide Built-in millwork (not FF&E piece).

2. Clothes Rod: 32 mm (1-1/4 inch) diameter, seamless chrome plated steel,

below shelf. For accessible rooms, provide another lower rod to meet
accessibility regulations.

3. Provide mix of open shelving and closed drawer space.

4. Drawer Storage: Provide minimum of two. Storage requirement is market

driven and is determined by the property.

5. Luggage Bench: Incorporate into millwork, built-in or free-standing unit stored

in closet.

6. Concealed Hanging Space: Provide at least 91 cm (3 ft.) minimum clear

hanging rod for long clothes.

D. Lighting: Provide an automatic closet light in each concealed door hinge stile.

E. Finishes:
• Expanded Closet: Provide upgraded architectural finishes.
• Closed Closet: Vinyl wall covering or paint; resilient base

7A.6 Refreshment Area

A. Program: Provide a coffee service area.

1. Location: Closet

B. Equipment: Provide coffee maker and refrigerator.

1. Confirm under counter equipment type and requirements with MI for cooling
unit, refrigerator or mini bar unit.

2. Conceal behind a hinged millwork cabinet door (no lock). Swing both doors
on the same side. Coordinate with OS&E (Operating Supplies & Equipment)
and MI regional operations.

a. Cooling Unit / Refrigerator: Compressor type; maintain 3.3° C (38° F); 50

liter capacity.

b. Mini Bar: 60 liter (2.1 cu. ft.) capacity, absorption type unit with customer
controls, self-service, half size cooler for liquor, beer, wine, soda and
snacks. In markets with high labor rates, provide mini bar units with
automated service accounting for connection to computer system / PMS
<13A>.

3. Ventilation: Provide required space per equipment manufacturer for

ventilation of unit.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Guestrooms 437
 C. Electrical: Provide power outlets on millwork wall above backsplash for coffee
maker, plus a power outlet below counter for cooling unit / refrigerator.
Coordinate microwave location (if required) with power outlet. See <15C>.

D. Suites:
• Countertop: Provide polished granite or quartz material stone top with back and
side splash. Plastic laminate (HPL) is not permitted.
• Space Below Counter: Provide a millwork cabinet with solid wood door, stained
or painted for refrigerator or Mini Bar.

7A.7 Guest Bathroom

A. Program: Provide three fixtures; toilet, shower or bathtub / shower, and lavatory
bowl. Four fixture baths (where required by the Region) require review by MI.

1. Shower Enclosure: Provide guest bathrooms with a shower enclosure only

(no bathtub / shower) in compliance with the following:

a. Shower Only: 75% of guestrooms; 100% of King rooms and remaining

double rooms. Where four fixtures are required, provide both a tub and a
shower enclosure.

b. Exceptions: See the project Facilities Program.

2. Presidential & V.P. Suites: Provide four fixtures with tub and separate shower
enclosure. Five fixture baths (where required by the Region) requires review
by MI.

3. Resort Properties: 4 fixture bath (with tub and separate shower) is preferred
and per market demands, a secondary lavatory may be required, in standard
guest bathrooms.

B. Bathroom Entry Door: Sliding barn door. Submit materials to MI for review.

1. Size: 81 cm (2'-8”) with minimum of 72 cm (2’-4”) full clear opening

2. Finish: Coordinate with guestroom Interior Design package.

3. Undercut: 9.5 mm (3/8 inch) and no door threshold if continuous floor finish
from entry foyer into bath area.

4. Hardware (sliding): Overhead wall mounted track (no bottom track or rail at
floor), concealed wall mounted door guide where bottom edge of door aligns
with door opening in closed position, fixed pull handles, soft closer and door
stop. When provided, a lock must include an emergency override. Verify
hardware requirements such as privacy lock and pulls with MI.

438 Guestrooms Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 C. Bathroom Fixtures, Fittings & Trim: Select commercial quality products.
Coordinate with criteria described in this Chapter (see below) and the “Plumbing
Fixture Schedule” in <15B>.

1. General: Provide white color fixtures (toilet, tub and sink).

2. Finishes: Provide fitting finishes consistent with bathroom accessories (see

below).

D. Bathtub (with shower): Provide with single, wall mounted, water control mixing /
pressure valve and shower control trim, showerhead and hand shower, tub filler,
overflow and drain assembly.

1. Type: Porcelain enameled cast iron or enameled steel with undercoating for
rigidness and is sound insulated (Americast), full size tub, flat bottom with slip
resistant (see <16>) surface. Acrylic not permitted. Provide waste trap
designed for below slab installation so the tub well and floor are at
approximately the same level.

2. Tub Size: 1.5 m (5 ft.) long x 0.81 m (2'-8") wide x 0.3 m (1'-4") high
minimum; larger tubs are preferred.

3. Shower Fittings: Provide a wall mounted showerhead and bar mounted hand
shower at both tub / shower or shower only. Not required at tub when
separate shower enclosure is provided in bathroom. Obtain MI acceptance
for shower device.

4. Grab Bars: See criteria under “Bath Accessories” below.

5. Amenity Storage: Include a preferred wall niche for placement and display of
bath amenities or a stainless wire corner basket (no exposed hardware) as
reviewed with MI.

E. Shower Enclosure:

1. Provide the following:

• Area: 1.11 m² (12 sq. ft.) minimum with 86 cm (34 inch) minimum width
• Walls: Natural stone or porcelain tile with color body. Submit alternate
material to MI and obtain MI acceptance.
• Floor: Porcelain tile, color body, slip resistant (see <16>). Glazed tile not
permitted. Submit alternate material to MI and obtain MI acceptance.
• Tile Grout Joint Size / Color: 3 mm (1/8 inch) butt joint; blend grout color
with tile.
• Towel Bar: 46 to 61 cm (18 to 24 inch) long, metal towel bar / door pull (dual
purpose) on glass entry door exterior or within enclosure installed on
opposite wall from shower head.
• Footrest: See "Bath Accessories".
• Soap / Amenity Display: Provide area to display amenities. See "Bath

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Guestrooms 439
 Accessories".
• Bench (option): Material and design is reviewed by MI for acceptance.
• Shower Head: Comply with MI Standards (see <15B>) and obtain MI
acceptance for shower product; rough-in wall plumbing connection at 208 cm
(82 inch) above shower floor finish with shower head face minimum of 198
cm (78 inch) above floor. Locate to avoid shower spray at entry and on
bathroom floor. Include a hand shower on a slide bar.

2. General Criteria:
• Enclosure: Frameless, 9.5 mm (3/8 inch) thick tempered, clear glass;
minimize visible mounting hardware.
• Enclosure Entry: 69 cm (27 inch) wide minimum sliding or swing door, back
to back mounted door pulls. If space is limited for swing door, provide 9.5 mm
(3/8 inch) thick tempered, clear glass, sliding frameless door, trackless
bottom (no track on curb or wall) with overhead track or outswing pivot door
designed with 12.7 mm (1/2 inch) minimum clearance between closed door
edge and wall, not to entrap guest and having overall appearance same as
glass swing door system.
• Shower Controls: Locate near entry, easily accessible without getting into
the shower. Rough-in wall plumbing connection at 122 cm (48 inch) above
shower floor finish.
• Shower Tray / Receptor & Curb: Sheet membrane waterproofing per
industry standard; tile ready pan with integral slope and curb. Coordinate
curb height with integral tray / receptor; slope curb top 10% to direct water to
shower floor drain. Obtain MI acceptance for other shower tray / receptor.
• Floor Drain: Provide drain slot at plumbing wall to minimize tile cutting;
shallow linear trench drain with internal slope and cover.
• Ceiling: 2.13 m (7 ft.) minimum or higher; gypsum board, water resistant
paint.
• Lighting: Provide energy efficient, 2700° Kelvin minimum, moisture
resistant, center recessed fixture in ceiling. See <15C>.
• Ventilation: Provide 10 cm (4 inch) minimum opening above glass shower
door to vent to bathroom.
• Accessory Finishes: Premium white metal finish (polished, satin, nickel,
brushed) on brass or stainless steel substrate. Coordinate metal bright work
finishes.
• Courtesy Grab Bar: See "Bath Accessories".

F. Water Closet / Toilet: Water saving, non-pressurized flush with fully glazed trap,
wall mounted.

1. Bowl / Seat: Vitreous china elongated bowl with full contoured, closed front
seat and lid.

2. Enclosure: In Presidential and V.P. Suites, locate water closet in separate

compartment.

440 Guestrooms Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 G. Bidet: Provide where required by law or project Facilities Program or where it is
the cultural norm. Locate immediately adjacent to toilet in the same
compartment.

H. Vanity / Wash Basin: Provide single, vanity sink (suites may require two sinks)
with adequate vanity counter space for amenities and personal toiletries.
Carefully consider placement for guest belongings, towel storage and amenity
display. Provide vanities with ample sized mirrors and well balanced lighting.

1. Counter Size: Minimum 1.5 m (5 ft.) wide x 56 to 60 cm (22 to 24 inch) deep.

See Marriott Design Strategy.

2. Vanity Front: Conceal sink and piping from view with vanity apron.
Incorporate towel storage into vanity per Design Strategy. Provide high level
of finish for sink and plumbing where exposed below vanity.

3. Vanity Apron: Provide to match top, integrated or millwork to match vanity

casegood. At accessible baths, size apron to accommodate wheelchair
access under the vanity.

4. Vanity Mirror (FF&E): Provide back-lit decorative mirror to coordinate with

interior design.

I. Bath Accessories: Provide accessory and bright work package with matching
metal finish. Plastic components and ceramics are not permitted. Do not include
built-in “institutional style” accessories, such as tissue dispensers, soap
dispensers, bottle openers and razor blade deposit slot.

1. Courtesy Grab Bars: Provide courtesy grab bars for guest safety and
convenience. Coordinate with <16> criteria, provide and install as follows.

a. Size: 46 to 60 cm (18 to 24 inch)

b. Strength: Install to withstand minimum of 113 kg (250 lb.) force in any

direction.

c. Finish: Coordinate with the brightwork package.

d. Locations: Install and position as follows:

• Bathtub (with shower): Vertically, 107 cm (42 inch) AFF to center of
grab bar at bathtub “point of entry” to assist with entering, exiting and
maneuvering within the bathtub.
• Shower Enclosure: Only when a footrest is provided, mount 30 cm (12
inch) long grab bar vertically on shower wall, above the footrest, and 10
cm (4 inch) from inside corner.

2. Hair Dryer: Not wall mounted. See OS&E.

3. Robe Hooks: 2 preferred. Mount near bathtub and / or shower enclosure

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Guestrooms 441
 where possible. Place intuitively for easy access and robe display (if
provided).

4. Shower Screen: At bathtub (with shower), based on region requirements,

provide preferred laminated glass panel screen (no curtain and rod).

5. Soap Holder: Provide amenity stainless wire basket or shelf (preferred) in tub
surround wall and in shower enclosure.

6. Toilet Paper Holder: Decorative, single roll type with second roll storage
where required and easily accessible.

7. Towel Bars: Coordinate selection and location with MI Interior Design.

8. Towel Storage: Provide in millwork or free standing casegood unit.

9. Clothes Line: Provide at resorts and when required to receive the “star” rating
for which the hotel is designed. If required, provide a retractable wall
mounted clothes line above bathtub or shower.

10.Dressing / Full Length Mirror: Mount on wall or provide outside of bathroom

as directed by MI.

11.Footrest: Optional. If provided, position at 25 to 30 cm (10 to 12 inch) above

floor.

J. Accessible Accessories: In accessible guestrooms, provide fixtures, grab bars,

shower seats, etc. and comply with governing accessibility regulations and the
ADA. See <GR1> .

K. Lighting: Provide energy efficient lamps with a color temperature of 2700K and
color rendition index of 85 minimum for bathroom lighting. See <15C>. When
lamps are exposed to guest view, provide appearance similar to incandescent
and no spiral type lamps.

1. Vanity / Sink: Back-lit or side lit mirror is preferred and recessed single
downlight fixture over each sink.

2. Tub (with shower) & Shower Enclosure: Provide a recessed, enclosed,

gasketed and moisture resistant downlight above tub / shower and shower
enclosure.

3. Ceiling: Provide recessed architectural lighting. In larger baths decorative

ceiling fixtures are acceptable.
• General lighting
• Shower enclosure
• Vanity location
• Enclosed toilet

442 Guestrooms Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 4. Lighting Controls: Dimmable lighting preferred.

5. Night Light: Include night lighting. Locate integrated under-vanity illumination

with rocker switch or provide dimming.

L. Finishes:

1. Floor: Water proof hard surface flooring or through color body porcelain tile
(preferred) or stone tiles with slip resistant finish. Provide 3 mm (1/8 inch) butt
joint and stone threshold at bathroom entry door for tile.

2. Base: 10 cm (4 inch) high profiled vinyl or porcelain or stone tile coordinated

with flooring.

3. Wall Finish: Type 2, 137 cm (54 inch) wide, full height, woven scrim backing,
15 oz. minimum weight wallcovering with stone or tile at wet areas.

4. Tub Surround & Shower Enclosure: Large format, color body porcelain tile or
stone with 3 mm (1/8 inch) maximum butt joint. Obtain MI acceptance for
alternate finish.

5. Ceiling: Smooth, water resistant paint on gypsum board. No lay-in or grid

ceiling tiles.

6. Registers, Grilles & Access Panels: Satin anodized aluminum (no ferrous
metals) including fasteners. Paint to match adjacent surface or plastic in color
to match adjacent surface. Detail access panels flush with ceiling, recessed /
rimless / frameless.

7A.8 Suite Pantry

A. Program: Provide an enclosed, limited food service pantry with catering

equipment storage space in Suites, as required by the project Facilities Program.

1. Size / Area: As required by the project Facilities Program.

2. Location: Adjacent to guestroom corridor with controlled door access from

corridor utilizing electronic key system. See <16>.

B. Equipment: Provide hospitality quality appliances with commercial level features.

Coordinate the following with MI Regional Operations. See <10>.

1. Sink: In countertop with single lever faucet set, built-in spray wand.

2. Refrigerator: Upright, 425 liter (15 cu. ft.) refrigerator / freezer

3. Ice Machine: Low volume, undercounter model

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Guestrooms 443
 4. Microwave Oven: For light reheating, 51 liter (1.8 cu. ft.) capacity, not 28 liter
(1.0 cu. ft.) size.

5. Coffee Brewer (5SU): Residential style, single service; verify requirement

with MI standards.

6. Toaster (5SU): Verify requirement with MI.

7. Dishwasher: Built-in undercounter, multi-cycle dishwasher, roll out racks,

features short wash, rinse/hold heated dry, rinse aid and silverware basket.
Low noise.

a. Provide energy saving option.

b. Simple control options are preferred.

C. Kitchen Cabinets / Counter: Provide high quality cabinets. Obtain MI acceptance

for lower quality finishes where pantries are concealed.

1. Finishes: Provide custom wood cabinetry with granite, quartz or engineered

stone top and splashes.

a. Cabinet Interiors: Melamine finish is acceptable.

b. Shelving: Adjustable with Melamine finish is acceptable.

c. Sink: Stainless steel

d. Backsplash: 10 cm (4 inch) high; same material as countertop

2. Hardware: Provide concealed hinges and decorative pulls as selected by

Interior Designer.

D. Electrical & Lighting: See <15C>.

1. Power: Include power outlets for equipment, housekeeping and countertop

food preparation.

2. Lighting: Recessed, architectural down lights, with under cabinet lighting

when required.

E. Finishes: Provide the following:

1. Floor / Base: LVT, stone or porcelain tile, slip resistant. See <16>.

2. Walls: 20 oz. wallcovering or painted surfaces

3. Ceiling: Smooth surface, painted

444 Guestrooms Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 7A.9 Balconies, Patios & Terraces

A. Program: Where guestrooms or suites provide an exterior balcony, patio or

terrace, provide the criteria below.

B. Balcony Deck Design: Set balcony slab below interior floor slab and slope deck
surface away from building to drain or scuppers connected to storm water system
(see <15B>).

C. Doors / Frame: Design glass and glazing, exterior doors and frames to comply
with HVAC (see <15A>), air and water infiltration requirements for project
environment.

1. Frame / Finishes: Exterior metal, such as anodized aluminum or equal

exterior color finish or solid wood fabrication with metal cladding and
anodized finish in MI accepted color.

2. Interior Wood Finishes: Stain or paint (factory finish) interior face of wood
doors to match door trim and millwork.

3. Marine Environments: Provide aluminum exterior with finish such as Kynar

(polyvinylidene fluoride, PVDF) coating or equal to match color selected for
interior jamb and trim finish.

4. Glass & Glazing: Same as required for exterior windows. Include safety
glass, tempered or laminated.

D. Door Hardware: Provide the following applicable to door operation.

1. Lock: Provide balcony / terrace door with decorative door hardware with lock
and a secondary lock such as a bar or latch (to restrict break-ins and
operation by small children).

2. Secondary Lock: Provide type that is easy to operate, visually obvious and
secure. Provide hinge door with night-guard bar and sliding doors with a
hinged “Charley Bar” or “Engert” device (“U” shaped hasp lock).

3. Threshold: Aluminum

4. Hardware Finishes: Coordinate inside and exterior finishes as selected by the

project Interior Designer. Coordinate with other room hardware.

E. Balcony Guard Rail: Provide rail design that allows maximum views. Protect the
open sides of balconies with a continuous guard rail or low, solid wall with cap
and the following features.

1. Rail or Cap Height: 1.1 m (3'-6") minimum

2. Openings: Capable of restricting a 10 cm (4 inch) ball with configurations that

limit climbing, such as vertical pickets. Horizontal rails are not permitted.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Guestrooms 445
 3. Floor Clearance: 5 cm (2 inch) maximum to minimize objects from falling off
edge

4. Graphics: Include signage to announce safe balcony measures (see <16>) to

guests. Locate signage as directed by MI.

F. Furnishings: Provide two chairs and one table, minimum, of good commercial
outdoor quality, high quality resin or aluminum construction designed for outdoor
use. Utilize weather resistant fabric and foam cushions as required. Larger
outdoor spaces require alternate layout. Coordinate with <GR4> and review
furnishing concepts with MI.

G. Electrical: For lighting and power, see <15C> for lighting attributes in Lighting
Table.

1. Light Fixtures: Select fixtures that conceal the light source. Verify with MI if
light fixtures may be omitted.

a. Avoid exterior light fixtures where insects are attracted and fixture lights
create erratic, conflicting and poor exterior lighting.

b. At beach resorts, comply with environmental laws.

c. Consider ceiling fans in regions of hot / humid environments.

2. Power: Provide GFI power outlet and mount near table location.

H. Snow Melting: At ski resort or sites with heavy snow accumulation, provide snow
melting system for on grade patios and terraces.

I. Finishes: Provide balcony wall finishes same as required for exterior building
walls.

1. Water Protection: Provide membrane waterproofing below selected finish

material (such as ceramic tile or stone) on structural slabs above occupied
areas. Slope away from building to a collection system.

2. Finish Deck Surface: May be large unglazed tile pavers, stone, or wood slat
system on raised PVC resilient substrate. For guest comfort, select light color
flooring to avoid over heating, where appropriate.

a. Grouted Joints: Seal with penetrating sealer finish.

b. Slip Resistance: Comply with current minimum slip resistant standards,

see <16>.

446 Guestrooms Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 7A.10 Furniture, Fixtures & Equipment (FF&E)

A. General: For technical direction, see <GR4>, 5SU and OSE lists. Obtain product
requirements from MI.

B. Equipment: Provide the following guestroom equipment.

1. Telephones: Coordinate the following system characteristics with <13A>.

a. Guestrooms: Provide minimum of one telephone extension line phone at

bedside nightstand.

b. Suites: Typically, provide more than one telephone.

c. Phone Types: One phone is required to function during power failure.

• Corded Handset: Wired to powered phone connection
• Cordless (or wireless) Handset: Highly recommended. Provide with a
powered base station and battery back-up handset or other method so
phone functions during power failure.
• House Phone: Typically, corded handset wall phone in Suite Pantry

d. Accessibility: For guests with hearing disabilities, See <GR1> for Code
and Accessibility compliance.

e. Cellular Phone Coverage: Provide in guestrooms and throughout

guestroom areas.

2. Property Internet (PI): Provide guests with access to the Internet (see <13A>)
as follows:

a. Wireless LAN (Wi-Fi): Provide in guestrooms and throughout guestroom

areas.

b. Wired LAN: Provide access connection at desk. See <13A> for criteria.

c. Coordination: Consult the CTR for continental / market requirements.

3. Televisions: Provide hospitality quality grade TV units to comply with the

following:

a. Locations: Wall mounted. Include sound proofing and vibration isolation

provisions.
• TV sizes to be verified and coordinated with casegoods, wall space and
current brand minimum.
• In suites with separate rooms, a TV is required in each sleeping room
and living area. A single TV is allowed in open suite configurations where
the TV can be easily viewed from both bedroom and living areas.
• Consult with MI for locations of TV's in large suites.

b. Type: Flat Panel, LED LCD High Definition (HD) color receiver.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Guestrooms 447
 c. Screen Sizes: 140 cm (55 inch) minimum (measured diagonally) in
Guestrooms or larger screens per market demand.
• Suites: 140 cm (55 inch) or larger screens depending on market
demand.
• Resorts: Consider larger screens per room width based on market
demand.

d. Tuning: Digital

e. Remote control unit

f. Casing / Finish: Plastic casing design for hospitality use, in a black finish.

g. Electric Cord: 1.8 m (6 ft.)

h. Entertainment Platform: Deliver the Guestroom entertainment source

programing through a set top box. Consult MI and see Entertainment
Systems on MGS for criteria.

i. Mounting Bracket: Size the mounting bracket based on the set top box
size and TV installation.
• Connect the set top box positioned behind the TV, so the box is not
visible to guests.
• Provide articulating arm to angle television for viewing, if required.
• Provide finished mounting hardware or detail to conceal cables and
cords.

j. Guest Connectivity: Provide with minimum of component video,

composite video, audio-in (both RCA and stereo mini-jack), monitor-in (15
pin), and connections for guest device connectivity. Provide capability to
dynamically detect and configure the TV to map proprietary play content
from the guest's source device.

4. Cooling Units, Refrigerators & Mini Bars: See the OSE list provided by MI.

5. Safe for Guestrooms & Suites: See the OSE list provided by MI.

a. Provide drawer or door safe style capable of holding a laptop computer.

Internal power outlet not allowed.

b. Installation:
• Securely anchor safe in a location easily accessible to guest.
• Safe may be secured to a closet shelf attached to wall.

c. Manufacturer: MiniBar, Elsafe or Safemark.

6. Bedside Control Panel: Provide if required to obtain hotel “star” rating for
which the hotel is designed. Locate controls at bedside to operate lights,
drapery and TV.

448 Guestrooms Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020
 7A.11 Coordination

A. Mechanical / HVAC: See <15A>.

1. Design and provide system capable of providing guest simultaneous

guestroom heating and cooling.

2. Accommodate mechanical grilles, devices and controls into the interior

design.

B. Electrical: See <15C>.

1. Lighting: See <GR4> and <15C> and comply with governing

regulations.

2. Power Outlets:

a. Unless required by governing regulations or otherwise noted, position on

centerline of power outlets at 46 cm (18 inch) above floor.

b. Do not install back-to-back outlets in walls between guestrooms.

c. Provide power outlets for guest convenience at bathroom vanity, bed

night stand, desk area and pantry counter, and coordinate with <15C>
and Interior Design.
• Locate power outlets with fixture placement, switches, furniture and
casegoods to minimize exposed cords.
• Provide and coordinate off / on wall switches and wall outlet locations,
particularly when remote wall switching is required to control wall power
outlets for light fixtures.
• Provide a minimum of one duplex outlet on each side of the bed for
guest charging. Include USB plugs where allowed. See <15C>.

d. Desk / Flexible Work Space: Provide power outlets near the work surface
for guest use. Provide power outlets below the desk for lights and other
required fixtures.

e. Provide 2 power outlets (1 duplex) dedicated for wall mounted TV.

f. Motorized window treatment, See <15C>.

3. Light / Power Switches: Provide “rocker type”. Color per Interior Design and
blend in with adjacent finish.

C. Fire Protection & Life Safety: Accommodate fire sprinklers, smoke detectors,
alarms and controls into the interior design. Coordinate with <14>.
• Strobe Light: In sleeping areas, position the strobe light and fire detector in
direct line of sight of guest in bed.

December 2020 marriott international. all rights reserved. Marriott Hotels Guestrooms 449
 • Fire Stops: In bathrooms, provide at floors and walls to continue under and
around tub.

D. Reference: Coordinate with requirements of other Chapters.

• Overview & Project Administration
• Technology Infrastructure
• Audio / Visual
• Fire Protection & Life Safety
• Mechanical
• Plumbing
• Electrical
• Loss Prevention

450 Guestrooms Marriott Hotels marriott international. all rights reserved. December 2020